Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-sparc.c revision 1.2
      1  1.1  skrll /* tc-sparc.c -- Assemble for the SPARC
      2  1.2  joerg    Copyright (C) 1989-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1  skrll    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
      4  1.1  skrll 
      5  1.1  skrll    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      6  1.1  skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      7  1.1  skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
      8  1.1  skrll    any later version.
      9  1.1  skrll 
     10  1.1  skrll    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     11  1.1  skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     12  1.1  skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     13  1.1  skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     14  1.1  skrll 
     15  1.1  skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
     16  1.1  skrll    License along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
     17  1.1  skrll    to the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
     18  1.1  skrll    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     19  1.1  skrll 
     20  1.1  skrll #include "as.h"
     21  1.1  skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
     22  1.1  skrll #include "subsegs.h"
     23  1.1  skrll 
     24  1.1  skrll #include "opcode/sparc.h"
     25  1.1  skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     26  1.1  skrll 
     27  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     28  1.1  skrll #include "elf/sparc.h"
     29  1.1  skrll #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     30  1.1  skrll #endif
     31  1.1  skrll 
     32  1.1  skrll /* Some ancient Sun C compilers would not take such hex constants as
     33  1.1  skrll    unsigned, and would end up sign-extending them to form an offsetT,
     34  1.1  skrll    so use these constants instead.  */
     35  1.1  skrll #define U0xffffffff ((((unsigned long) 1 << 16) << 16) - 1)
     36  1.1  skrll #define U0x80000000 ((((unsigned long) 1 << 16) << 15))
     37  1.1  skrll 
     38  1.1  skrll static int sparc_ip (char *, const struct sparc_opcode **);
     39  1.1  skrll static int parse_keyword_arg (int (*) (const char *), char **, int *);
     40  1.1  skrll static int parse_const_expr_arg (char **, int *);
     41  1.1  skrll static int get_expression (char *);
     42  1.1  skrll 
     43  1.1  skrll /* Default architecture.  */
     44  1.1  skrll /* ??? The default value should be V8, but sparclite support was added
     45  1.1  skrll    by making it the default.  GCC now passes -Asparclite, so maybe sometime in
     46  1.1  skrll    the future we can set this to V8.  */
     47  1.1  skrll #ifndef DEFAULT_ARCH
     48  1.1  skrll #define DEFAULT_ARCH "sparclite"
     49  1.1  skrll #endif
     50  1.1  skrll static char *default_arch = DEFAULT_ARCH;
     51  1.1  skrll 
     52  1.1  skrll /* Non-zero if the initial values of `max_architecture' and `sparc_arch_size'
     53  1.1  skrll    have been set.  */
     54  1.1  skrll static int default_init_p;
     55  1.1  skrll 
     56  1.1  skrll /* Current architecture.  We don't bump up unless necessary.  */
     57  1.1  skrll static enum sparc_opcode_arch_val current_architecture = SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V6;
     58  1.1  skrll 
     59  1.1  skrll /* The maximum architecture level we can bump up to.
     60  1.1  skrll    In a 32 bit environment, don't allow bumping up to v9 by default.
     61  1.1  skrll    The native assembler works this way.  The user is required to pass
     62  1.1  skrll    an explicit argument before we'll create v9 object files.  However, if
     63  1.1  skrll    we don't see any v9 insns, a v8plus object file is not created.  */
     64  1.1  skrll static enum sparc_opcode_arch_val max_architecture;
     65  1.1  skrll 
     66  1.1  skrll /* Either 32 or 64, selects file format.  */
     67  1.1  skrll static int sparc_arch_size;
     68  1.1  skrll /* Initial (default) value, recorded separately in case a user option
     69  1.1  skrll    changes the value before md_show_usage is called.  */
     70  1.1  skrll static int default_arch_size;
     71  1.1  skrll 
     72  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     73  1.1  skrll /* The currently selected v9 memory model.  Currently only used for
     74  1.1  skrll    ELF.  */
     75  1.1  skrll static enum { MM_TSO, MM_PSO, MM_RMO } sparc_memory_model = MM_RMO;
     76  1.2  joerg 
     77  1.2  joerg #ifndef TE_SOLARIS
     78  1.2  joerg /* Bitmask of instruction types seen so far, used to populate the
     79  1.2  joerg    GNU attributes section with hwcap information.  */
     80  1.2  joerg static bfd_uint64_t hwcap_seen;
     81  1.2  joerg #endif
     82  1.1  skrll #endif
     83  1.1  skrll 
     84  1.2  joerg static bfd_uint64_t hwcap_allowed;
     85  1.2  joerg 
     86  1.1  skrll static int architecture_requested;
     87  1.1  skrll static int warn_on_bump;
     88  1.1  skrll 
     89  1.1  skrll /* If warn_on_bump and the needed architecture is higher than this
     90  1.1  skrll    architecture, issue a warning.  */
     91  1.1  skrll static enum sparc_opcode_arch_val warn_after_architecture;
     92  1.1  skrll 
     93  1.1  skrll /* Non-zero if as should generate error if an undeclared g[23] register
     94  1.1  skrll    has been used in -64.  */
     95  1.1  skrll static int no_undeclared_regs;
     96  1.1  skrll 
     97  1.1  skrll /* Non-zero if we should try to relax jumps and calls.  */
     98  1.1  skrll static int sparc_relax;
     99  1.1  skrll 
    100  1.1  skrll /* Non-zero if we are generating PIC code.  */
    101  1.1  skrll int sparc_pic_code;
    102  1.1  skrll 
    103  1.1  skrll /* Non-zero if we should give an error when misaligned data is seen.  */
    104  1.1  skrll static int enforce_aligned_data;
    105  1.1  skrll 
    106  1.1  skrll extern int target_big_endian;
    107  1.1  skrll 
    108  1.1  skrll static int target_little_endian_data;
    109  1.1  skrll 
    110  1.1  skrll /* Symbols for global registers on v9.  */
    111  1.1  skrll static symbolS *globals[8];
    112  1.1  skrll 
    113  1.1  skrll /* The dwarf2 data alignment, adjusted for 32 or 64 bit.  */
    114  1.1  skrll int sparc_cie_data_alignment;
    115  1.1  skrll 
    116  1.1  skrll /* V9 and 86x have big and little endian data, but instructions are always big
    117  1.1  skrll    endian.  The sparclet has bi-endian support but both data and insns have
    118  1.1  skrll    the same endianness.  Global `target_big_endian' is used for data.
    119  1.1  skrll    The following macro is used for instructions.  */
    120  1.1  skrll #ifndef INSN_BIG_ENDIAN
    121  1.1  skrll #define INSN_BIG_ENDIAN (target_big_endian \
    122  1.1  skrll 			 || default_arch_type == sparc86x \
    123  1.1  skrll 			 || SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
    124  1.1  skrll #endif
    125  1.1  skrll 
    126  1.1  skrll /* Handle of the OPCODE hash table.  */
    127  1.1  skrll static struct hash_control *op_hash;
    128  1.1  skrll 
    129  1.1  skrll static void s_data1 (void);
    130  1.1  skrll static void s_seg (int);
    131  1.1  skrll static void s_proc (int);
    132  1.1  skrll static void s_reserve (int);
    133  1.1  skrll static void s_common (int);
    134  1.1  skrll static void s_empty (int);
    135  1.1  skrll static void s_uacons (int);
    136  1.1  skrll static void s_ncons (int);
    137  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    138  1.1  skrll static void s_register (int);
    139  1.1  skrll #endif
    140  1.1  skrll 
    141  1.1  skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
    142  1.1  skrll {
    143  1.1  skrll   {"align", s_align_bytes, 0},	/* Defaulting is invalid (0).  */
    144  1.1  skrll   {"common", s_common, 0},
    145  1.1  skrll   {"empty", s_empty, 0},
    146  1.1  skrll   {"global", s_globl, 0},
    147  1.1  skrll   {"half", cons, 2},
    148  1.1  skrll   {"nword", s_ncons, 0},
    149  1.1  skrll   {"optim", s_ignore, 0},
    150  1.1  skrll   {"proc", s_proc, 0},
    151  1.1  skrll   {"reserve", s_reserve, 0},
    152  1.1  skrll   {"seg", s_seg, 0},
    153  1.1  skrll   {"skip", s_space, 0},
    154  1.1  skrll   {"word", cons, 4},
    155  1.1  skrll   {"xword", cons, 8},
    156  1.1  skrll   {"uahalf", s_uacons, 2},
    157  1.1  skrll   {"uaword", s_uacons, 4},
    158  1.1  skrll   {"uaxword", s_uacons, 8},
    159  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    160  1.1  skrll   /* These are specific to sparc/svr4.  */
    161  1.1  skrll   {"2byte", s_uacons, 2},
    162  1.1  skrll   {"4byte", s_uacons, 4},
    163  1.1  skrll   {"8byte", s_uacons, 8},
    164  1.1  skrll   {"register", s_register, 0},
    165  1.1  skrll #endif
    166  1.1  skrll   {NULL, 0, 0},
    167  1.1  skrll };
    168  1.1  skrll 
    169  1.1  skrll /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment.  If the
    170  1.1  skrll    pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful.  */
    171  1.1  skrll const char comment_chars[] = "!";	/* JF removed '|' from
    172  1.1  skrll                                            comment_chars.  */
    173  1.1  skrll 
    174  1.1  skrll /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
    175  1.1  skrll    a line.  If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
    176  1.1  skrll    .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.  */
    177  1.1  skrll /* Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
    178  1.1  skrll    first line of the input file.  This is because the compiler outputs
    179  1.1  skrll    #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.  */
    180  1.1  skrll /* Also note that comments started like this one will always
    181  1.1  skrll    work if '/' isn't otherwise defined.  */
    182  1.1  skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    183  1.1  skrll 
    184  1.1  skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    185  1.1  skrll 
    186  1.1  skrll /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point
    187  1.1  skrll    nums.  */
    188  1.1  skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    189  1.1  skrll 
    190  1.1  skrll /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
    191  1.1  skrll    As in 0f12.456
    192  1.1  skrll    or    0d1.2345e12  */
    193  1.1  skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    194  1.1  skrll 
    195  1.1  skrll /* Also be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
    196  1.1  skrll    changed in read.c.  Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it at all,
    197  1.1  skrll    but nothing is ideal around here.  */
    198  1.1  skrll 
    199  1.1  skrll #define isoctal(c)  ((unsigned) ((c) - '0') < 8)
    200  1.1  skrll 
    201  1.1  skrll struct sparc_it
    202  1.1  skrll   {
    203  1.1  skrll     char *error;
    204  1.1  skrll     unsigned long opcode;
    205  1.1  skrll     struct nlist *nlistp;
    206  1.1  skrll     expressionS exp;
    207  1.1  skrll     expressionS exp2;
    208  1.1  skrll     int pcrel;
    209  1.1  skrll     bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    210  1.1  skrll   };
    211  1.1  skrll 
    212  1.1  skrll struct sparc_it the_insn, set_insn;
    213  1.1  skrll 
    214  1.1  skrll static void output_insn (const struct sparc_opcode *, struct sparc_it *);
    215  1.1  skrll 
    216  1.1  skrll /* Table of arguments to -A.
    218  1.1  skrll    The sparc_opcode_arch table in sparc-opc.c is insufficient and incorrect
    219  1.1  skrll    for this use.  That table is for opcodes only.  This table is for opcodes
    220  1.1  skrll    and file formats.  */
    221  1.2  joerg 
    222  1.1  skrll enum sparc_arch_types {v6, v7, v8, leon, sparclet, sparclite, sparc86x, v8plus,
    223  1.1  skrll 		       v8plusa, v9, v9a, v9b, v9_64};
    224  1.2  joerg 
    225  1.2  joerg /* Hardware capability sets, used to keep sparc_arch_table easy to
    226  1.2  joerg    read.  */
    227  1.2  joerg #define HWS_V8 HWCAP_MUL32 | HWCAP_DIV32 | HWCAP_FSMULD
    228  1.2  joerg #define HWS_V9 HWS_V8 | HWCAP_POPC
    229  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VA HWS_V9 | HWCAP_VIS
    230  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VB HWS_VA | HWCAP_VIS2
    231  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VC HWS_VB | HWCAP_ASI_BLK_INIT
    232  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VD HWS_VC | HWCAP_FMAF | HWCAP_VIS3 | HWCAP_HPC
    233  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VE HWS_VD                                                   \
    234  1.2  joerg   | HWCAP_AES | HWCAP_DES | HWCAP_KASUMI | HWCAP_CAMELLIA               \
    235  1.2  joerg   | HWCAP_MD5 | HWCAP_SHA1 | HWCAP_SHA256 |HWCAP_SHA512 | HWCAP_MPMUL   \
    236  1.2  joerg   | HWCAP_MONT | HWCAP_CRC32C | HWCAP_CBCOND | HWCAP_PAUSE
    237  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VV HWS_VE | HWCAP_FJFMAU | HWCAP_IMA
    238  1.2  joerg #define HWS_VM HWS_VV
    239  1.2  joerg 
    240  1.2  joerg #define HWS2_VM							\
    241  1.2  joerg   HWCAP2_VIS3B | HWCAP2_ADP | HWCAP2_SPARC5 | HWCAP2_MWAIT	\
    242  1.2  joerg   | HWCAP2_XMPMUL | HWCAP2_XMONT
    243  1.1  skrll 
    244  1.1  skrll static struct sparc_arch {
    245  1.1  skrll   char *name;
    246  1.1  skrll   char *opcode_arch;
    247  1.1  skrll   enum sparc_arch_types arch_type;
    248  1.1  skrll   /* Default word size, as specified during configuration.
    249  1.1  skrll      A value of zero means can't be used to specify default architecture.  */
    250  1.1  skrll   int default_arch_size;
    251  1.1  skrll   /* Allowable arg to -A?  */
    252  1.2  joerg   int user_option_p;
    253  1.2  joerg   int hwcap_allowed;
    254  1.1  skrll   int hwcap2_allowed;
    255  1.2  joerg } sparc_arch_table[] = {
    256  1.2  joerg   { "v6",         "v6",  v6,  0, 1, 0, 0 },
    257  1.2  joerg   { "v7",         "v7",  v7,  0, 1, 0, 0 },
    258  1.2  joerg   { "v8",         "v8",  v8, 32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    259  1.2  joerg   { "v8a",        "v8",  v8, 32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    260  1.2  joerg   { "sparc",      "v9",  v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_V9, 0 },
    261  1.2  joerg   { "sparcvis",   "v9a", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VA, 0 },
    262  1.2  joerg   { "sparcvis2",  "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB, 0 },
    263  1.2  joerg   { "sparcfmaf",  "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB|HWCAP_FMAF, 0 },
    264  1.2  joerg   { "sparcima",   "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB|HWCAP_FMAF|HWCAP_IMA, 0 },
    265  1.2  joerg   { "sparcvis3",  "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB|HWCAP_FMAF|HWCAP_VIS3|HWCAP_HPC, 0 },
    266  1.2  joerg   { "sparcvis3r", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB|HWCAP_FMAF|HWCAP_VIS3|HWCAP_HPC|HWCAP_FJFMAU, 0 },
    267  1.2  joerg 
    268  1.2  joerg   { "sparc4",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VV, 0 },
    269  1.2  joerg   { "sparc5",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VM, HWS2_VM },
    270  1.2  joerg 
    271  1.2  joerg   { "leon",      "leon",      leon,      32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    272  1.2  joerg   { "sparclet",  "sparclet",  sparclet,  32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    273  1.2  joerg   { "sparclite", "sparclite", sparclite, 32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    274  1.2  joerg   { "sparc86x",  "sparclite", sparc86x,  32, 1, HWS_V8, 0 },
    275  1.2  joerg 
    276  1.2  joerg   { "v8plus",  "v9",  v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_V9, 0 },
    277  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusa", "v9a", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VA, 0 },
    278  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusb", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VB, 0 },
    279  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusc", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VC, 0 },
    280  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusd", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VD, 0 },
    281  1.2  joerg   { "v8pluse", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VE, 0 },
    282  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusv", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VV, 0 },
    283  1.2  joerg   { "v8plusm", "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWCAP_V8PLUS|HWS_VM, 0 },
    284  1.2  joerg 
    285  1.2  joerg   { "v9",      "v9",  v9,  0, 1, HWS_V9, 0 },
    286  1.2  joerg   { "v9a",     "v9a", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VA, 0 },
    287  1.2  joerg   { "v9b",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VB, 0 },
    288  1.2  joerg   { "v9c",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VC, 0 },
    289  1.2  joerg   { "v9d",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VD, 0 },
    290  1.2  joerg   { "v9e",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VE, 0 },
    291  1.2  joerg   { "v9v",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VV, 0 },
    292  1.2  joerg   { "v9m",     "v9b", v9,  0, 1, HWS_VM, HWS2_VM },
    293  1.2  joerg 
    294  1.1  skrll   /* This exists to allow configure.tgt to pass one
    295  1.2  joerg      value to specify both the default machine and default word size.  */
    296  1.2  joerg   { "v9-64",   "v9",  v9, 64, 0, HWS_V9, 0 },
    297  1.1  skrll   { NULL, NULL, v8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
    298  1.1  skrll };
    299  1.1  skrll 
    300  1.1  skrll /* Variant of default_arch */
    301  1.1  skrll static enum sparc_arch_types default_arch_type;
    302  1.1  skrll 
    303  1.1  skrll static struct sparc_arch *
    304  1.1  skrll lookup_arch (char *name)
    305  1.1  skrll {
    306  1.1  skrll   struct sparc_arch *sa;
    307  1.1  skrll 
    308  1.1  skrll   for (sa = &sparc_arch_table[0]; sa->name != NULL; sa++)
    309  1.1  skrll     if (strcmp (sa->name, name) == 0)
    310  1.1  skrll       break;
    311  1.1  skrll   if (sa->name == NULL)
    312  1.1  skrll     return NULL;
    313  1.1  skrll   return sa;
    314  1.1  skrll }
    315  1.1  skrll 
    316  1.1  skrll /* Initialize the default opcode arch and word size from the default
    317  1.1  skrll    architecture name.  */
    318  1.1  skrll 
    319  1.1  skrll static void
    320  1.1  skrll init_default_arch (void)
    321  1.1  skrll {
    322  1.1  skrll   struct sparc_arch *sa = lookup_arch (default_arch);
    323  1.1  skrll 
    324  1.1  skrll   if (sa == NULL
    325  1.1  skrll       || sa->default_arch_size == 0)
    326  1.1  skrll     as_fatal (_("Invalid default architecture, broken assembler."));
    327  1.1  skrll 
    328  1.1  skrll   max_architecture = sparc_opcode_lookup_arch (sa->opcode_arch);
    329  1.1  skrll   if (max_architecture == SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_BAD)
    330  1.1  skrll     as_fatal (_("Bad opcode table, broken assembler."));
    331  1.1  skrll   default_arch_size = sparc_arch_size = sa->default_arch_size;
    332  1.1  skrll   default_init_p = 1;
    333  1.1  skrll   default_arch_type = sa->arch_type;
    334  1.1  skrll }
    335  1.1  skrll 
    336  1.1  skrll /* Called by TARGET_FORMAT.  */
    337  1.1  skrll 
    338  1.1  skrll const char *
    339  1.1  skrll sparc_target_format (void)
    340  1.1  skrll {
    341  1.1  skrll   /* We don't get a chance to initialize anything before we're called,
    342  1.1  skrll      so handle that now.  */
    343  1.1  skrll   if (! default_init_p)
    344  1.1  skrll     init_default_arch ();
    345  1.1  skrll 
    346  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
    347  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_NetBSD
    348  1.1  skrll   return "a.out-sparc-netbsd";
    349  1.1  skrll #else
    350  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_SPARCAOUT
    351  1.1  skrll   if (target_big_endian)
    352  1.1  skrll     return "a.out-sunos-big";
    353  1.1  skrll   else if (default_arch_type == sparc86x && target_little_endian_data)
    354  1.1  skrll     return "a.out-sunos-big";
    355  1.1  skrll   else
    356  1.1  skrll     return "a.out-sparc-little";
    357  1.1  skrll #else
    358  1.1  skrll   return "a.out-sunos-big";
    359  1.1  skrll #endif
    360  1.1  skrll #endif
    361  1.1  skrll #endif
    362  1.1  skrll 
    363  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_BOUT
    364  1.1  skrll   return "b.out.big";
    365  1.1  skrll #endif
    366  1.1  skrll 
    367  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_COFF
    368  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_LYNX
    369  1.1  skrll   return "coff-sparc-lynx";
    370  1.1  skrll #else
    371  1.1  skrll   return "coff-sparc";
    372  1.1  skrll #endif
    373  1.1  skrll #endif
    374  1.1  skrll 
    375  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_VXWORKS
    376  1.1  skrll   return "elf32-sparc-vxworks";
    377  1.1  skrll #endif
    378  1.1  skrll 
    379  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    380  1.1  skrll   return sparc_arch_size == 64 ? ELF64_TARGET_FORMAT : ELF_TARGET_FORMAT;
    381  1.1  skrll #endif
    382  1.1  skrll 
    383  1.1  skrll   abort ();
    384  1.1  skrll }
    385  1.1  skrll 
    386  1.1  skrll /* md_parse_option
    388  1.1  skrll  *	Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
    389  1.1  skrll  *	See if it's a processor-specific option.  These are:
    390  1.1  skrll  *
    391  1.1  skrll  *	-bump
    392  1.2  joerg  *		Warn on architecture bumps.  See also -A.
    393  1.1  skrll  *
    394  1.1  skrll  *	-Av6, -Av7, -Av8, -Aleon, -Asparclite, -Asparclet
    395  1.1  skrll  *		Standard 32 bit architectures.
    396  1.1  skrll  *	-Av9, -Av9a, -Av9b
    397  1.1  skrll  *		Sparc64 in either a 32 or 64 bit world (-32/-64 says which).
    398  1.1  skrll  *		This used to only mean 64 bits, but properly specifying it
    399  1.1  skrll  *		complicated gcc's ASM_SPECs, so now opcode selection is
    400  1.1  skrll  *		specified orthogonally to word size (except when specifying
    401  1.1  skrll  *		the default, but that is an internal implementation detail).
    402  1.1  skrll  *	-Av8plus, -Av8plusa, -Av8plusb
    403  1.1  skrll  *		Same as -Av9{,a,b}.
    404  1.1  skrll  *	-xarch=v8plus, -xarch=v8plusa, -xarch=v8plusb
    405  1.1  skrll  *		Same as -Av8plus{,a,b} -32, for compatibility with Sun's
    406  1.1  skrll  *		assembler.
    407  1.1  skrll  *	-xarch=v9, -xarch=v9a, -xarch=v9b
    408  1.1  skrll  *		Same as -Av9{,a,b} -64, for compatibility with Sun's
    409  1.1  skrll  *		assembler.
    410  1.1  skrll  *
    411  1.1  skrll  *		Select the architecture and possibly the file format.
    412  1.1  skrll  *		Instructions or features not supported by the selected
    413  1.1  skrll  *		architecture cause fatal errors.
    414  1.1  skrll  *
    415  1.1  skrll  *		The default is to start at v6, and bump the architecture up
    416  1.1  skrll  *		whenever an instruction is seen at a higher level.  In 32 bit
    417  1.1  skrll  *		environments, v9 is not bumped up to, the user must pass
    418  1.1  skrll  * 		-Av8plus{,a,b}.
    419  1.1  skrll  *
    420  1.1  skrll  *		If -bump is specified, a warning is printing when bumping to
    421  1.1  skrll  *		higher levels.
    422  1.1  skrll  *
    423  1.1  skrll  *		If an architecture is specified, all instructions must match
    424  1.1  skrll  *		that architecture.  Any higher level instructions are flagged
    425  1.1  skrll  *		as errors.  Note that in the 32 bit environment specifying
    426  1.1  skrll  *		-Av8plus does not automatically create a v8plus object file, a
    427  1.1  skrll  *		v9 insn must be seen.
    428  1.1  skrll  *
    429  1.1  skrll  *		If both an architecture and -bump are specified, the
    430  1.1  skrll  *		architecture starts at the specified level, but bumps are
    431  1.1  skrll  *		warnings.  Note that we can't set `current_architecture' to
    432  1.1  skrll  *		the requested level in this case: in the 32 bit environment,
    433  1.1  skrll  *		we still must avoid creating v8plus object files unless v9
    434  1.1  skrll  * 		insns are seen.
    435  1.1  skrll  *
    436  1.1  skrll  * Note:
    437  1.1  skrll  *		Bumping between incompatible architectures is always an
    438  1.1  skrll  *		error.  For example, from sparclite to v9.
    439  1.1  skrll  */
    440  1.1  skrll 
    441  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    442  1.1  skrll const char *md_shortopts = "A:K:VQ:sq";
    443  1.1  skrll #else
    444  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
    445  1.1  skrll const char *md_shortopts = "A:k";
    446  1.1  skrll #else
    447  1.1  skrll const char *md_shortopts = "A:";
    448  1.1  skrll #endif
    449  1.1  skrll #endif
    450  1.1  skrll struct option md_longopts[] = {
    451  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_BUMP (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    452  1.1  skrll   {"bump", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BUMP},
    453  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_SPARC (OPTION_MD_BASE + 1)
    454  1.1  skrll   {"sparc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPARC},
    455  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_XARCH (OPTION_MD_BASE + 2)
    456  1.1  skrll   {"xarch", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_XARCH},
    457  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    458  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_32 (OPTION_MD_BASE + 3)
    459  1.1  skrll   {"32", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32},
    460  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_64 (OPTION_MD_BASE + 4)
    461  1.1  skrll   {"64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_64},
    462  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_TSO (OPTION_MD_BASE + 5)
    463  1.1  skrll   {"TSO", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TSO},
    464  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_PSO (OPTION_MD_BASE + 6)
    465  1.1  skrll   {"PSO", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_PSO},
    466  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_RMO (OPTION_MD_BASE + 7)
    467  1.1  skrll   {"RMO", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RMO},
    468  1.1  skrll #endif
    469  1.1  skrll #ifdef SPARC_BIENDIAN
    470  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN (OPTION_MD_BASE + 8)
    471  1.1  skrll   {"EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN},
    472  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_BIG_ENDIAN (OPTION_MD_BASE + 9)
    473  1.1  skrll   {"EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BIG_ENDIAN},
    474  1.1  skrll #endif
    475  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_ENFORCE_ALIGNED_DATA (OPTION_MD_BASE + 10)
    476  1.1  skrll   {"enforce-aligned-data", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ENFORCE_ALIGNED_DATA},
    477  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN_DATA (OPTION_MD_BASE + 11)
    478  1.1  skrll   {"little-endian-data", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN_DATA},
    479  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    480  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_NO_UNDECLARED_REGS (OPTION_MD_BASE + 12)
    481  1.1  skrll   {"no-undeclared-regs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_UNDECLARED_REGS},
    482  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_UNDECLARED_REGS (OPTION_MD_BASE + 13)
    483  1.1  skrll   {"undeclared-regs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_UNDECLARED_REGS},
    484  1.1  skrll #endif
    485  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_MD_BASE + 14)
    486  1.1  skrll   {"relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX},
    487  1.1  skrll #define OPTION_NO_RELAX (OPTION_MD_BASE + 15)
    488  1.1  skrll   {"no-relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_RELAX},
    489  1.1  skrll   {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
    490  1.1  skrll };
    491  1.1  skrll 
    492  1.1  skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    493  1.1  skrll 
    494  1.1  skrll int
    495  1.1  skrll md_parse_option (int c, char *arg)
    496  1.1  skrll {
    497  1.1  skrll   /* We don't get a chance to initialize anything before we're called,
    498  1.1  skrll      so handle that now.  */
    499  1.1  skrll   if (! default_init_p)
    500  1.1  skrll     init_default_arch ();
    501  1.1  skrll 
    502  1.1  skrll   switch (c)
    503  1.1  skrll     {
    504  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_BUMP:
    505  1.1  skrll       warn_on_bump = 1;
    506  1.1  skrll       warn_after_architecture = SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V6;
    507  1.1  skrll       break;
    508  1.1  skrll 
    509  1.2  joerg     case OPTION_XARCH:
    510  1.2  joerg #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    511  1.1  skrll       if (!strncmp (arg, "v9", 2))
    512  1.2  joerg 	md_parse_option (OPTION_64, NULL);
    513  1.2  joerg       else
    514  1.2  joerg 	{
    515  1.2  joerg 	  if (!strncmp (arg, "v8", 2)
    516  1.2  joerg 	      || !strncmp (arg, "v7", 2)
    517  1.2  joerg 	      || !strncmp (arg, "v6", 2)
    518  1.2  joerg 	      || !strcmp (arg, "sparclet")
    519  1.2  joerg 	      || !strcmp (arg, "sparclite")
    520  1.2  joerg 	      || !strcmp (arg, "sparc86x"))
    521  1.1  skrll 	    md_parse_option (OPTION_32, NULL);
    522  1.1  skrll 	}
    523  1.1  skrll #endif
    524  1.1  skrll       /* Fall through.  */
    525  1.1  skrll 
    526  1.1  skrll     case 'A':
    527  1.1  skrll       {
    528  1.1  skrll 	struct sparc_arch *sa;
    529  1.1  skrll 	enum sparc_opcode_arch_val opcode_arch;
    530  1.1  skrll 
    531  1.1  skrll 	sa = lookup_arch (arg);
    532  1.1  skrll 	if (sa == NULL
    533  1.1  skrll 	    || ! sa->user_option_p)
    534  1.1  skrll 	  {
    535  1.1  skrll 	    if (c == OPTION_XARCH)
    536  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid architecture -xarch=%s"), arg);
    537  1.1  skrll 	    else
    538  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid architecture -A%s"), arg);
    539  1.1  skrll 	    return 0;
    540  1.1  skrll 	  }
    541  1.1  skrll 
    542  1.1  skrll 	opcode_arch = sparc_opcode_lookup_arch (sa->opcode_arch);
    543  1.1  skrll 	if (opcode_arch == SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_BAD)
    544  1.2  joerg 	  as_fatal (_("Bad opcode table, broken assembler."));
    545  1.2  joerg 
    546  1.2  joerg 	if (!architecture_requested
    547  1.2  joerg 	    || opcode_arch > max_architecture)
    548  1.2  joerg 	  max_architecture = opcode_arch;
    549  1.1  skrll 	hwcap_allowed
    550  1.1  skrll           |= (((bfd_uint64_t) sa->hwcap2_allowed) << 32) | sa->hwcap_allowed;
    551  1.1  skrll 	architecture_requested = 1;
    552  1.1  skrll       }
    553  1.1  skrll       break;
    554  1.1  skrll 
    555  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_SPARC:
    556  1.1  skrll       /* Ignore -sparc, used by SunOS make default .s.o rule.  */
    557  1.1  skrll       break;
    558  1.1  skrll 
    559  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_ENFORCE_ALIGNED_DATA:
    560  1.1  skrll       enforce_aligned_data = 1;
    561  1.1  skrll       break;
    562  1.1  skrll 
    563  1.1  skrll #ifdef SPARC_BIENDIAN
    564  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN:
    565  1.1  skrll       target_big_endian = 0;
    566  1.1  skrll       if (default_arch_type != sparclet)
    567  1.1  skrll 	as_fatal ("This target does not support -EL");
    568  1.1  skrll       break;
    569  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_LITTLE_ENDIAN_DATA:
    570  1.1  skrll       target_little_endian_data = 1;
    571  1.1  skrll       target_big_endian = 0;
    572  1.1  skrll       if (default_arch_type != sparc86x
    573  1.1  skrll 	  && default_arch_type != v9)
    574  1.1  skrll 	as_fatal ("This target does not support --little-endian-data");
    575  1.1  skrll       break;
    576  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_BIG_ENDIAN:
    577  1.1  skrll       target_big_endian = 1;
    578  1.1  skrll       break;
    579  1.1  skrll #endif
    580  1.1  skrll 
    581  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
    582  1.1  skrll     case 'k':
    583  1.1  skrll       sparc_pic_code = 1;
    584  1.1  skrll       break;
    585  1.1  skrll #endif
    586  1.1  skrll 
    587  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    588  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_32:
    589  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_64:
    590  1.1  skrll       {
    591  1.1  skrll 	const char **list, **l;
    592  1.1  skrll 
    593  1.1  skrll 	sparc_arch_size = c == OPTION_32 ? 32 : 64;
    594  1.1  skrll 	list = bfd_target_list ();
    595  1.1  skrll 	for (l = list; *l != NULL; l++)
    596  1.1  skrll 	  {
    597  1.1  skrll 	    if (sparc_arch_size == 32)
    598  1.1  skrll 	      {
    599  1.1  skrll 		if (CONST_STRNEQ (*l, "elf32-sparc"))
    600  1.1  skrll 		  break;
    601  1.1  skrll 	      }
    602  1.1  skrll 	    else
    603  1.1  skrll 	      {
    604  1.1  skrll 		if (CONST_STRNEQ (*l, "elf64-sparc"))
    605  1.1  skrll 		  break;
    606  1.1  skrll 	      }
    607  1.1  skrll 	  }
    608  1.1  skrll 	if (*l == NULL)
    609  1.1  skrll 	  as_fatal (_("No compiled in support for %d bit object file format"),
    610  1.2  joerg 		    sparc_arch_size);
    611  1.2  joerg 	free (list);
    612  1.2  joerg 
    613  1.2  joerg 	if (sparc_arch_size == 64
    614  1.1  skrll 	    && max_architecture < SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9)
    615  1.1  skrll 	  max_architecture = SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9;
    616  1.1  skrll       }
    617  1.1  skrll       break;
    618  1.1  skrll 
    619  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_TSO:
    620  1.1  skrll       sparc_memory_model = MM_TSO;
    621  1.1  skrll       break;
    622  1.1  skrll 
    623  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_PSO:
    624  1.1  skrll       sparc_memory_model = MM_PSO;
    625  1.1  skrll       break;
    626  1.1  skrll 
    627  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_RMO:
    628  1.1  skrll       sparc_memory_model = MM_RMO;
    629  1.1  skrll       break;
    630  1.1  skrll 
    631  1.1  skrll     case 'V':
    632  1.1  skrll       print_version_id ();
    633  1.1  skrll       break;
    634  1.1  skrll 
    635  1.1  skrll     case 'Q':
    636  1.1  skrll       /* Qy - do emit .comment
    637  1.1  skrll 	 Qn - do not emit .comment.  */
    638  1.1  skrll       break;
    639  1.1  skrll 
    640  1.1  skrll     case 's':
    641  1.1  skrll       /* Use .stab instead of .stab.excl.  */
    642  1.1  skrll       break;
    643  1.1  skrll 
    644  1.1  skrll     case 'q':
    645  1.1  skrll       /* quick -- Native assembler does fewer checks.  */
    646  1.1  skrll       break;
    647  1.1  skrll 
    648  1.1  skrll     case 'K':
    649  1.1  skrll       if (strcmp (arg, "PIC") != 0)
    650  1.1  skrll 	as_warn (_("Unrecognized option following -K"));
    651  1.1  skrll       else
    652  1.1  skrll 	sparc_pic_code = 1;
    653  1.1  skrll       break;
    654  1.1  skrll 
    655  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_NO_UNDECLARED_REGS:
    656  1.1  skrll       no_undeclared_regs = 1;
    657  1.1  skrll       break;
    658  1.1  skrll 
    659  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_UNDECLARED_REGS:
    660  1.1  skrll       no_undeclared_regs = 0;
    661  1.1  skrll       break;
    662  1.1  skrll #endif
    663  1.1  skrll 
    664  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_RELAX:
    665  1.1  skrll       sparc_relax = 1;
    666  1.1  skrll       break;
    667  1.1  skrll 
    668  1.1  skrll     case OPTION_NO_RELAX:
    669  1.1  skrll       sparc_relax = 0;
    670  1.1  skrll       break;
    671  1.1  skrll 
    672  1.1  skrll     default:
    673  1.1  skrll       return 0;
    674  1.1  skrll     }
    675  1.1  skrll 
    676  1.1  skrll   return 1;
    677  1.1  skrll }
    678  1.1  skrll 
    679  1.1  skrll void
    680  1.1  skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
    681  1.1  skrll {
    682  1.1  skrll   const struct sparc_arch *arch;
    683  1.1  skrll   int column;
    684  1.1  skrll 
    685  1.1  skrll   /* We don't get a chance to initialize anything before we're called,
    686  1.1  skrll      so handle that now.  */
    687  1.1  skrll   if (! default_init_p)
    688  1.1  skrll     init_default_arch ();
    689  1.1  skrll 
    690  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("SPARC options:\n"));
    691  1.1  skrll   column = 0;
    692  1.1  skrll   for (arch = &sparc_arch_table[0]; arch->name; arch++)
    693  1.1  skrll     {
    694  1.1  skrll       if (!arch->user_option_p)
    695  1.1  skrll 	continue;
    696  1.1  skrll       if (arch != &sparc_arch_table[0])
    697  1.1  skrll 	fprintf (stream, " | ");
    698  1.1  skrll       if (column + strlen (arch->name) > 70)
    699  1.1  skrll 	{
    700  1.1  skrll 	  column = 0;
    701  1.1  skrll 	  fputc ('\n', stream);
    702  1.1  skrll 	}
    703  1.1  skrll       column += 5 + 2 + strlen (arch->name);
    704  1.1  skrll       fprintf (stream, "-A%s", arch->name);
    705  1.1  skrll     }
    706  1.1  skrll   for (arch = &sparc_arch_table[0]; arch->name; arch++)
    707  1.1  skrll     {
    708  1.1  skrll       if (!arch->user_option_p)
    709  1.1  skrll 	continue;
    710  1.1  skrll       fprintf (stream, " | ");
    711  1.1  skrll       if (column + strlen (arch->name) > 65)
    712  1.1  skrll 	{
    713  1.1  skrll 	  column = 0;
    714  1.1  skrll 	  fputc ('\n', stream);
    715  1.1  skrll 	}
    716  1.1  skrll       column += 5 + 7 + strlen (arch->name);
    717  1.1  skrll       fprintf (stream, "-xarch=%s", arch->name);
    718  1.1  skrll     }
    719  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\n\
    720  1.1  skrll 			specify variant of SPARC architecture\n\
    721  1.1  skrll -bump			warn when assembler switches architectures\n\
    722  1.1  skrll -sparc			ignored\n\
    723  1.1  skrll --enforce-aligned-data	force .long, etc., to be aligned correctly\n\
    724  1.1  skrll -relax			relax jumps and branches (default)\n\
    725  1.1  skrll -no-relax		avoid changing any jumps and branches\n"));
    726  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
    727  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    728  1.1  skrll -k			generate PIC\n"));
    729  1.1  skrll #endif
    730  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    731  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    732  1.1  skrll -32			create 32 bit object file\n\
    733  1.1  skrll -64			create 64 bit object file\n"));
    734  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    735  1.1  skrll 			[default is %d]\n"), default_arch_size);
    736  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    737  1.1  skrll -TSO			use Total Store Ordering\n\
    738  1.1  skrll -PSO			use Partial Store Ordering\n\
    739  1.1  skrll -RMO			use Relaxed Memory Ordering\n"));
    740  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    741  1.1  skrll 			[default is %s]\n"), (default_arch_size == 64) ? "RMO" : "TSO");
    742  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    743  1.1  skrll -KPIC			generate PIC\n\
    744  1.1  skrll -V			print assembler version number\n\
    745  1.1  skrll -undeclared-regs	ignore application global register usage without\n\
    746  1.1  skrll 			appropriate .register directive (default)\n\
    747  1.1  skrll -no-undeclared-regs	force error on application global register usage\n\
    748  1.1  skrll 			without appropriate .register directive\n\
    749  1.1  skrll -q			ignored\n\
    750  1.1  skrll -Qy, -Qn		ignored\n\
    751  1.1  skrll -s			ignored\n"));
    752  1.1  skrll #endif
    753  1.1  skrll #ifdef SPARC_BIENDIAN
    754  1.1  skrll   fprintf (stream, _("\
    755  1.1  skrll -EL			generate code for a little endian machine\n\
    756  1.1  skrll -EB			generate code for a big endian machine\n\
    757  1.1  skrll --little-endian-data	generate code for a machine having big endian\n\
    758  1.1  skrll                         instructions and little endian data.\n"));
    759  1.1  skrll #endif
    760  1.1  skrll }
    761  1.1  skrll 
    762  1.1  skrll /* Native operand size opcode translation.  */
    764  1.1  skrll struct
    765  1.1  skrll   {
    766  1.1  skrll     char *name;
    767  1.1  skrll     char *name32;
    768  1.1  skrll     char *name64;
    769  1.1  skrll   } native_op_table[] =
    770  1.1  skrll {
    771  1.1  skrll   {"ldn", "ld", "ldx"},
    772  1.1  skrll   {"ldna", "lda", "ldxa"},
    773  1.1  skrll   {"stn", "st", "stx"},
    774  1.1  skrll   {"stna", "sta", "stxa"},
    775  1.1  skrll   {"slln", "sll", "sllx"},
    776  1.1  skrll   {"srln", "srl", "srlx"},
    777  1.1  skrll   {"sran", "sra", "srax"},
    778  1.1  skrll   {"casn", "cas", "casx"},
    779  1.1  skrll   {"casna", "casa", "casxa"},
    780  1.1  skrll   {"clrn", "clr", "clrx"},
    781  1.1  skrll   {NULL, NULL, NULL},
    782  1.1  skrll };
    783  1.1  skrll 
    784  1.1  skrll /* sparc64 privileged and hyperprivileged registers.  */
    786  1.1  skrll 
    787  1.1  skrll struct priv_reg_entry
    788  1.1  skrll {
    789  1.1  skrll   char *name;
    790  1.1  skrll   int regnum;
    791  1.1  skrll };
    792  1.1  skrll 
    793  1.1  skrll struct priv_reg_entry priv_reg_table[] =
    794  1.1  skrll {
    795  1.1  skrll   {"tpc", 0},
    796  1.1  skrll   {"tnpc", 1},
    797  1.1  skrll   {"tstate", 2},
    798  1.1  skrll   {"tt", 3},
    799  1.1  skrll   {"tick", 4},
    800  1.1  skrll   {"tba", 5},
    801  1.1  skrll   {"pstate", 6},
    802  1.1  skrll   {"tl", 7},
    803  1.1  skrll   {"pil", 8},
    804  1.1  skrll   {"cwp", 9},
    805  1.1  skrll   {"cansave", 10},
    806  1.1  skrll   {"canrestore", 11},
    807  1.1  skrll   {"cleanwin", 12},
    808  1.2  joerg   {"otherwin", 13},
    809  1.1  skrll   {"wstate", 14},
    810  1.1  skrll   {"fq", 15},
    811  1.1  skrll   {"gl", 16},
    812  1.1  skrll   {"pmcdper", 23},
    813  1.1  skrll   {"ver", 31},
    814  1.1  skrll   {"", -1},			/* End marker.  */
    815  1.1  skrll };
    816  1.1  skrll 
    817  1.1  skrll struct priv_reg_entry hpriv_reg_table[] =
    818  1.1  skrll {
    819  1.1  skrll   {"hpstate", 0},
    820  1.2  joerg   {"htstate", 1},
    821  1.2  joerg   {"hintp", 3},
    822  1.1  skrll   {"htba", 5},
    823  1.1  skrll   {"hver", 6},
    824  1.1  skrll   {"hstick_offset", 28},
    825  1.1  skrll   {"hstick_enable", 29},
    826  1.1  skrll   {"hstick_cmpr", 31},
    827  1.1  skrll   {"", -1},			/* End marker.  */
    828  1.1  skrll };
    829  1.1  skrll 
    830  1.1  skrll /* v9a specific asrs.  This table is ordered by initial
    831  1.1  skrll    letter, in reverse.  */
    832  1.1  skrll 
    833  1.1  skrll struct priv_reg_entry v9a_asr_table[] =
    834  1.1  skrll {
    835  1.1  skrll   {"tick_cmpr", 23},
    836  1.1  skrll   {"sys_tick_cmpr", 25},
    837  1.1  skrll   {"sys_tick", 24},
    838  1.1  skrll   {"stick_cmpr", 25},
    839  1.1  skrll   {"stick", 24},
    840  1.2  joerg   {"softint_clear", 21},
    841  1.1  skrll   {"softint_set", 20},
    842  1.1  skrll   {"softint", 22},
    843  1.2  joerg   {"set_softint", 20},
    844  1.1  skrll   {"pause", 27},
    845  1.1  skrll   {"pic", 17},
    846  1.2  joerg   {"pcr", 16},
    847  1.1  skrll   {"mwait", 28},
    848  1.1  skrll   {"gsr", 19},
    849  1.1  skrll   {"dcr", 18},
    850  1.1  skrll   {"cfr", 26},
    851  1.1  skrll   {"clear_softint", 21},
    852  1.1  skrll   {"", -1},			/* End marker.  */
    853  1.1  skrll };
    854  1.1  skrll 
    855  1.1  skrll static int
    856  1.1  skrll cmp_reg_entry (const void *parg, const void *qarg)
    857  1.1  skrll {
    858  1.1  skrll   const struct priv_reg_entry *p = (const struct priv_reg_entry *) parg;
    859  1.1  skrll   const struct priv_reg_entry *q = (const struct priv_reg_entry *) qarg;
    860  1.1  skrll 
    861  1.1  skrll   return strcmp (q->name, p->name);
    862  1.1  skrll }
    863  1.1  skrll 
    864  1.1  skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It should
    866  1.1  skrll    set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
    867  1.2  joerg    need.  */
    868  1.1  skrll 
    869  1.2  joerg void
    870  1.1  skrll md_begin (void)
    871  1.1  skrll {
    872  1.1  skrll   const char *retval = NULL;
    873  1.1  skrll   int lose = 0;
    874  1.1  skrll   unsigned int i = 0;
    875  1.1  skrll 
    876  1.1  skrll   /* We don't get a chance to initialize anything before md_parse_option
    877  1.1  skrll      is called, and it may not be called, so handle default initialization
    878  1.1  skrll      now if not already done.  */
    879  1.1  skrll   if (! default_init_p)
    880  1.1  skrll     init_default_arch ();
    881  1.1  skrll 
    882  1.1  skrll   sparc_cie_data_alignment = sparc_arch_size == 64 ? -8 : -4;
    883  1.1  skrll   op_hash = hash_new ();
    884  1.1  skrll 
    885  1.1  skrll   while (i < (unsigned int) sparc_num_opcodes)
    886  1.1  skrll     {
    887  1.1  skrll       const char *name = sparc_opcodes[i].name;
    888  1.1  skrll       retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (void *) &sparc_opcodes[i]);
    889  1.1  skrll       if (retval != NULL)
    890  1.1  skrll 	{
    891  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"),
    892  1.1  skrll 		  sparc_opcodes[i].name, retval);
    893  1.1  skrll 	  lose = 1;
    894  1.1  skrll 	}
    895  1.1  skrll       do
    896  1.1  skrll 	{
    897  1.1  skrll 	  if (sparc_opcodes[i].match & sparc_opcodes[i].lose)
    898  1.1  skrll 	    {
    899  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("Internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
    900  1.1  skrll 		      sparc_opcodes[i].name, sparc_opcodes[i].args);
    901  1.1  skrll 	      lose = 1;
    902  1.1  skrll 	    }
    903  1.1  skrll 	  ++i;
    904  1.1  skrll 	}
    905  1.1  skrll       while (i < (unsigned int) sparc_num_opcodes
    906  1.1  skrll 	     && !strcmp (sparc_opcodes[i].name, name));
    907  1.1  skrll     }
    908  1.1  skrll 
    909  1.1  skrll   for (i = 0; native_op_table[i].name; i++)
    910  1.1  skrll     {
    911  1.1  skrll       const struct sparc_opcode *insn;
    912  1.1  skrll       char *name = ((sparc_arch_size == 32)
    913  1.1  skrll 		    ? native_op_table[i].name32
    914  1.1  skrll 		    : native_op_table[i].name64);
    915  1.1  skrll       insn = (struct sparc_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, name);
    916  1.1  skrll       if (insn == NULL)
    917  1.1  skrll 	{
    918  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad (_("Internal error: can't find opcode `%s' for `%s'\n"),
    919  1.1  skrll 		  name, native_op_table[i].name);
    920  1.1  skrll 	  lose = 1;
    921  1.1  skrll 	}
    922  1.1  skrll       else
    923  1.1  skrll 	{
    924  1.1  skrll 	  retval = hash_insert (op_hash, native_op_table[i].name,
    925  1.1  skrll 				(void *) insn);
    926  1.1  skrll 	  if (retval != NULL)
    927  1.1  skrll 	    {
    928  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"),
    929  1.1  skrll 		      sparc_opcodes[i].name, retval);
    930  1.1  skrll 	      lose = 1;
    931  1.1  skrll 	    }
    932  1.1  skrll 	}
    933  1.1  skrll     }
    934  1.1  skrll 
    935  1.1  skrll   if (lose)
    936  1.1  skrll     as_fatal (_("Broken assembler.  No assembly attempted."));
    937  1.1  skrll 
    938  1.1  skrll   qsort (priv_reg_table, sizeof (priv_reg_table) / sizeof (priv_reg_table[0]),
    939  1.1  skrll 	 sizeof (priv_reg_table[0]), cmp_reg_entry);
    940  1.1  skrll 
    941  1.1  skrll   /* If -bump, record the architecture level at which we start issuing
    942  1.1  skrll      warnings.  The behaviour is different depending upon whether an
    943  1.1  skrll      architecture was explicitly specified.  If it wasn't, we issue warnings
    944  1.1  skrll      for all upwards bumps.  If it was, we don't start issuing warnings until
    945  1.1  skrll      we need to bump beyond the requested architecture or when we bump between
    946  1.1  skrll      conflicting architectures.  */
    947  1.1  skrll 
    948  1.1  skrll   if (warn_on_bump
    949  1.2  joerg       && architecture_requested)
    950  1.2  joerg     {
    951  1.2  joerg       /* `max_architecture' records the requested architecture.
    952  1.2  joerg 	 Issue warnings if we go above it.  */
    953  1.2  joerg       warn_after_architecture = max_architecture;
    954  1.2  joerg     }
    955  1.2  joerg 
    956  1.2  joerg   /* Find the highest architecture level that doesn't conflict with
    957  1.2  joerg      the requested one.  */
    958  1.2  joerg 
    959  1.1  skrll   if (warn_on_bump
    960  1.2  joerg       || !architecture_requested)
    961  1.2  joerg   {
    962  1.2  joerg     enum sparc_opcode_arch_val current_max_architecture
    963  1.2  joerg       = max_architecture;
    964  1.2  joerg 
    965  1.2  joerg     for (max_architecture = SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MAX;
    966  1.2  joerg 	 max_architecture > warn_after_architecture;
    967  1.1  skrll 	 --max_architecture)
    968  1.1  skrll       if (! SPARC_OPCODE_CONFLICT_P (max_architecture,
    969  1.1  skrll 				     current_max_architecture))
    970  1.1  skrll 	break;
    971  1.1  skrll   }
    972  1.1  skrll }
    973  1.1  skrll 
    974  1.1  skrll /* Called after all assembly has been done.  */
    975  1.2  joerg 
    976  1.2  joerg void
    977  1.2  joerg sparc_md_end (void)
    978  1.1  skrll {
    979  1.1  skrll   unsigned long mach = bfd_mach_sparc;
    980  1.1  skrll #if defined(OBJ_ELF) && !defined(TE_SOLARIS)
    981  1.1  skrll   int hwcaps, hwcaps2;
    982  1.1  skrll #endif
    983  1.1  skrll 
    984  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_arch_size == 64)
    985  1.1  skrll     switch (current_architecture)
    986  1.1  skrll       {
    987  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9A: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9a; break;
    988  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9B: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9b; break;
    989  1.1  skrll       default: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9; break;
    990  1.1  skrll       }
    991  1.1  skrll   else
    992  1.1  skrll     switch (current_architecture)
    993  1.1  skrll       {
    994  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_SPARCLET: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet; break;
    995  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus; break;
    996  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9A: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa; break;
    997  1.1  skrll       case SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9B: mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusb; break;
    998  1.1  skrll       /* The sparclite is treated like a normal sparc.  Perhaps it shouldn't
    999  1.2  joerg 	 be but for now it is (since that's the way it's always been
   1000  1.2  joerg 	 treated).  */
   1001  1.2  joerg       default: break;
   1002  1.2  joerg       }
   1003  1.2  joerg   bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_sparc, mach);
   1004  1.2  joerg 
   1005  1.2  joerg #if defined(OBJ_ELF) && !defined(TE_SOLARIS)
   1006  1.2  joerg   hwcaps = hwcap_seen & U0xffffffff;
   1007  1.2  joerg   hwcaps2 = hwcap_seen >> 32;
   1008  1.2  joerg 
   1009  1.1  skrll   if (hwcaps)
   1010  1.1  skrll     bfd_elf_add_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_GNU, Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS, hwcaps);
   1011  1.1  skrll   if (hwcaps2)
   1012  1.1  skrll     bfd_elf_add_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_GNU, Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS2, hwcaps2);
   1013  1.1  skrll #endif
   1014  1.1  skrll }
   1015  1.1  skrll 
   1016  1.1  skrll /* Return non-zero if VAL is in the range -(MAX+1) to MAX.  */
   1018  1.1  skrll 
   1019  1.1  skrll static inline int
   1020  1.1  skrll in_signed_range (bfd_signed_vma val, bfd_signed_vma max)
   1021  1.1  skrll {
   1022  1.1  skrll   if (max <= 0)
   1023  1.1  skrll     abort ();
   1024  1.1  skrll   /* Sign-extend the value from the architecture word size, so that
   1025  1.1  skrll      0xffffffff is always considered -1 on sparc32.  */
   1026  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_arch_size == 32)
   1027  1.1  skrll     {
   1028  1.1  skrll       bfd_signed_vma sign = (bfd_signed_vma) 1 << 31;
   1029  1.1  skrll       val = ((val & U0xffffffff) ^ sign) - sign;
   1030  1.1  skrll     }
   1031  1.1  skrll   if (val > max)
   1032  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   1033  1.1  skrll   if (val < ~max)
   1034  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   1035  1.1  skrll   return 1;
   1036  1.1  skrll }
   1037  1.1  skrll 
   1038  1.1  skrll /* Return non-zero if VAL is in the range 0 to MAX.  */
   1039  1.1  skrll 
   1040  1.1  skrll static inline int
   1041  1.1  skrll in_unsigned_range (bfd_vma val, bfd_vma max)
   1042  1.1  skrll {
   1043  1.1  skrll   if (val > max)
   1044  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   1045  1.1  skrll   return 1;
   1046  1.1  skrll }
   1047  1.1  skrll 
   1048  1.1  skrll /* Return non-zero if VAL is in the range -(MAX/2+1) to MAX.
   1049  1.1  skrll    (e.g. -15 to +31).  */
   1050  1.1  skrll 
   1051  1.1  skrll static inline int
   1052  1.1  skrll in_bitfield_range (bfd_signed_vma val, bfd_signed_vma max)
   1053  1.1  skrll {
   1054  1.1  skrll   if (max <= 0)
   1055  1.1  skrll     abort ();
   1056  1.1  skrll   if (val > max)
   1057  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   1058  1.1  skrll   if (val < ~(max >> 1))
   1059  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   1060  1.1  skrll   return 1;
   1061  1.1  skrll }
   1062  1.1  skrll 
   1063  1.1  skrll static int
   1064  1.1  skrll sparc_ffs (unsigned int mask)
   1065  1.1  skrll {
   1066  1.1  skrll   int i;
   1067  1.1  skrll 
   1068  1.1  skrll   if (mask == 0)
   1069  1.1  skrll     return -1;
   1070  1.1  skrll 
   1071  1.1  skrll   for (i = 0; (mask & 1) == 0; ++i)
   1072  1.1  skrll     mask >>= 1;
   1073  1.1  skrll   return i;
   1074  1.1  skrll }
   1075  1.1  skrll 
   1076  1.1  skrll /* Implement big shift right.  */
   1077  1.1  skrll static bfd_vma
   1078  1.1  skrll BSR (bfd_vma val, int amount)
   1079  1.1  skrll {
   1080  1.1  skrll   if (sizeof (bfd_vma) <= 4 && amount >= 32)
   1081  1.1  skrll     as_fatal (_("Support for 64-bit arithmetic not compiled in."));
   1082  1.1  skrll   return val >> amount;
   1083  1.1  skrll }
   1084  1.1  skrll 
   1085  1.1  skrll /* For communication between sparc_ip and get_expression.  */
   1087  1.1  skrll static char *expr_end;
   1088  1.1  skrll 
   1089  1.1  skrll /* Values for `special_case'.
   1090  1.1  skrll    Instructions that require wierd handling because they're longer than
   1091  1.1  skrll    4 bytes.  */
   1092  1.1  skrll #define SPECIAL_CASE_NONE	0
   1093  1.1  skrll #define	SPECIAL_CASE_SET	1
   1094  1.1  skrll #define SPECIAL_CASE_SETSW	2
   1095  1.1  skrll #define SPECIAL_CASE_SETX	3
   1096  1.1  skrll /* FIXME: sparc-opc.c doesn't have necessary "S" trigger to enable this.  */
   1097  1.1  skrll #define	SPECIAL_CASE_FDIV	4
   1098  1.1  skrll 
   1099  1.1  skrll /* Bit masks of various insns.  */
   1100  1.1  skrll #define NOP_INSN 0x01000000
   1101  1.1  skrll #define OR_INSN 0x80100000
   1102  1.1  skrll #define XOR_INSN 0x80180000
   1103  1.1  skrll #define FMOVS_INSN 0x81A00020
   1104  1.1  skrll #define SETHI_INSN 0x01000000
   1105  1.1  skrll #define SLLX_INSN 0x81281000
   1106  1.1  skrll #define SRA_INSN 0x81380000
   1107  1.1  skrll 
   1108  1.1  skrll /* The last instruction to be assembled.  */
   1109  1.1  skrll static const struct sparc_opcode *last_insn;
   1110  1.1  skrll /* The assembled opcode of `last_insn'.  */
   1111  1.1  skrll static unsigned long last_opcode;
   1112  1.1  skrll 
   1113  1.1  skrll /* Handle the set and setuw synthetic instructions.  */
   1115  1.1  skrll 
   1116  1.1  skrll static void
   1117  1.1  skrll synthetize_setuw (const struct sparc_opcode *insn)
   1118  1.1  skrll {
   1119  1.1  skrll   int need_hi22_p = 0;
   1120  1.1  skrll   int rd = (the_insn.opcode & RD (~0)) >> 25;
   1121  1.1  skrll 
   1122  1.1  skrll   if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
   1123  1.1  skrll     {
   1124  1.1  skrll       if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   1125  1.1  skrll 	{
   1126  1.1  skrll 	  if (sizeof (offsetT) > 4
   1127  1.1  skrll 	      && (the_insn.exp.X_add_number < 0
   1128  1.1  skrll 		  || the_insn.exp.X_add_number > (offsetT) U0xffffffff))
   1129  1.1  skrll 	    as_warn (_("set: number not in 0..4294967295 range"));
   1130  1.1  skrll 	}
   1131  1.1  skrll       else
   1132  1.1  skrll 	{
   1133  1.1  skrll 	  if (sizeof (offsetT) > 4
   1134  1.1  skrll 	      && (the_insn.exp.X_add_number < -(offsetT) U0x80000000
   1135  1.1  skrll 		  || the_insn.exp.X_add_number > (offsetT) U0xffffffff))
   1136  1.1  skrll 	    as_warn (_("set: number not in -2147483648..4294967295 range"));
   1137  1.1  skrll 	  the_insn.exp.X_add_number = (int) the_insn.exp.X_add_number;
   1138  1.1  skrll 	}
   1139  1.1  skrll     }
   1140  1.1  skrll 
   1141  1.1  skrll   /* See if operand is absolute and small; skip sethi if so.  */
   1142  1.1  skrll   if (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1143  1.1  skrll       || the_insn.exp.X_add_number >= (1 << 12)
   1144  1.1  skrll       || the_insn.exp.X_add_number < -(1 << 12))
   1145  1.1  skrll     {
   1146  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SETHI_INSN | RD (rd)
   1147  1.1  skrll 			 | ((the_insn.exp.X_add_number >> 10)
   1148  1.1  skrll 			    & (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant
   1149  1.1  skrll 			       ? 0x3fffff : 0)));
   1150  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1151  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_HI22 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1152  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1153  1.1  skrll       need_hi22_p = 1;
   1154  1.1  skrll     }
   1155  1.1  skrll 
   1156  1.1  skrll   /* See if operand has no low-order bits; skip OR if so.  */
   1157  1.1  skrll   if (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1158  1.1  skrll       || (need_hi22_p && (the_insn.exp.X_add_number & 0x3FF) != 0)
   1159  1.1  skrll       || ! need_hi22_p)
   1160  1.1  skrll     {
   1161  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (OR_INSN | (need_hi22_p ? RS1 (rd) : 0)
   1162  1.1  skrll 			 | RD (rd) | IMMED
   1163  1.1  skrll 			 | (the_insn.exp.X_add_number
   1164  1.1  skrll 			    & (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1165  1.1  skrll 			       ? 0 : need_hi22_p ? 0x3ff : 0x1fff)));
   1166  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1167  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_LO10 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1168  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1169  1.1  skrll     }
   1170  1.1  skrll }
   1171  1.1  skrll 
   1172  1.1  skrll /* Handle the setsw synthetic instruction.  */
   1173  1.1  skrll 
   1174  1.1  skrll static void
   1175  1.1  skrll synthetize_setsw (const struct sparc_opcode *insn)
   1176  1.1  skrll {
   1177  1.1  skrll   int low32, rd, opc;
   1178  1.1  skrll 
   1179  1.1  skrll   rd = (the_insn.opcode & RD (~0)) >> 25;
   1180  1.1  skrll 
   1181  1.1  skrll   if (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
   1182  1.1  skrll     {
   1183  1.1  skrll       synthetize_setuw (insn);
   1184  1.1  skrll 
   1185  1.1  skrll       /* Need to sign extend it.  */
   1186  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SRA_INSN | RS1 (rd) | RD (rd));
   1187  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1188  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1189  1.1  skrll       return;
   1190  1.1  skrll     }
   1191  1.1  skrll 
   1192  1.1  skrll   if (sizeof (offsetT) > 4
   1193  1.1  skrll       && (the_insn.exp.X_add_number < -(offsetT) U0x80000000
   1194  1.1  skrll 	  || the_insn.exp.X_add_number > (offsetT) U0xffffffff))
   1195  1.1  skrll     as_warn (_("setsw: number not in -2147483648..4294967295 range"));
   1196  1.1  skrll 
   1197  1.1  skrll   low32 = the_insn.exp.X_add_number;
   1198  1.1  skrll 
   1199  1.1  skrll   if (low32 >= 0)
   1200  1.1  skrll     {
   1201  1.1  skrll       synthetize_setuw (insn);
   1202  1.1  skrll       return;
   1203  1.1  skrll     }
   1204  1.1  skrll 
   1205  1.1  skrll   opc = OR_INSN;
   1206  1.1  skrll 
   1207  1.1  skrll   the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1208  1.1  skrll   /* See if operand is absolute and small; skip sethi if so.  */
   1209  1.1  skrll   if (low32 < -(1 << 12))
   1210  1.1  skrll     {
   1211  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SETHI_INSN | RD (rd)
   1212  1.1  skrll 			 | (((~the_insn.exp.X_add_number) >> 10) & 0x3fffff));
   1213  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1214  1.1  skrll       low32 = 0x1c00 | (low32 & 0x3ff);
   1215  1.2  joerg       opc = RS1 (rd) | XOR_INSN;
   1216  1.1  skrll     }
   1217  1.1  skrll 
   1218  1.1  skrll   the_insn.opcode = (opc | RD (rd) | IMMED
   1219  1.1  skrll 		     | (low32 & 0x1fff));
   1220  1.1  skrll   output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1221  1.1  skrll }
   1222  1.1  skrll 
   1223  1.1  skrll /* Handle the setx synthetic instruction.  */
   1224  1.1  skrll 
   1225  1.1  skrll static void
   1226  1.1  skrll synthetize_setx (const struct sparc_opcode *insn)
   1227  1.1  skrll {
   1228  1.1  skrll   int upper32, lower32;
   1229  1.1  skrll   int tmpreg = (the_insn.opcode & RS1 (~0)) >> 14;
   1230  1.1  skrll   int dstreg = (the_insn.opcode & RD (~0)) >> 25;
   1231  1.1  skrll   int upper_dstreg;
   1232  1.1  skrll   int need_hh22_p = 0, need_hm10_p = 0, need_hi22_p = 0, need_lo10_p = 0;
   1233  1.1  skrll   int need_xor10_p = 0;
   1234  1.1  skrll 
   1235  1.1  skrll #define SIGNEXT32(x) ((((x) & U0xffffffff) ^ U0x80000000) - U0x80000000)
   1236  1.1  skrll   lower32 = SIGNEXT32 (the_insn.exp.X_add_number);
   1237  1.1  skrll   upper32 = SIGNEXT32 (BSR (the_insn.exp.X_add_number, 32));
   1238  1.1  skrll #undef SIGNEXT32
   1239  1.1  skrll 
   1240  1.1  skrll   upper_dstreg = tmpreg;
   1241  1.1  skrll   /* The tmp reg should not be the dst reg.  */
   1242  1.1  skrll   if (tmpreg == dstreg)
   1243  1.1  skrll     as_warn (_("setx: temporary register same as destination register"));
   1244  1.1  skrll 
   1245  1.1  skrll   /* ??? Obviously there are other optimizations we can do
   1246  1.1  skrll      (e.g. sethi+shift for 0x1f0000000) and perhaps we shouldn't be
   1247  1.1  skrll      doing some of these.  Later.  If you do change things, try to
   1248  1.1  skrll      change all of this to be table driven as well.  */
   1249  1.1  skrll   /* What to output depends on the number if it's constant.
   1250  1.1  skrll      Compute that first, then output what we've decided upon.  */
   1251  1.1  skrll   if (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
   1252  1.1  skrll     {
   1253  1.1  skrll       if (sparc_arch_size == 32)
   1254  1.1  skrll 	{
   1255  1.1  skrll 	  /* When arch size is 32, we want setx to be equivalent
   1256  1.1  skrll 	     to setuw for anything but constants.  */
   1257  1.1  skrll 	  the_insn.exp.X_add_number &= 0xffffffff;
   1258  1.1  skrll 	  synthetize_setuw (insn);
   1259  1.1  skrll 	  return;
   1260  1.1  skrll 	}
   1261  1.1  skrll       need_hh22_p = need_hm10_p = need_hi22_p = need_lo10_p = 1;
   1262  1.1  skrll       lower32 = 0;
   1263  1.1  skrll       upper32 = 0;
   1264  1.1  skrll     }
   1265  1.1  skrll   else
   1266  1.1  skrll     {
   1267  1.1  skrll       /* Reset X_add_number, we've extracted it as upper32/lower32.
   1268  1.1  skrll 	 Otherwise fixup_segment will complain about not being able to
   1269  1.1  skrll 	 write an 8 byte number in a 4 byte field.  */
   1270  1.1  skrll       the_insn.exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1271  1.1  skrll 
   1272  1.1  skrll       /* Only need hh22 if `or' insn can't handle constant.  */
   1273  1.1  skrll       if (upper32 < -(1 << 12) || upper32 >= (1 << 12))
   1274  1.1  skrll 	need_hh22_p = 1;
   1275  1.1  skrll 
   1276  1.1  skrll       /* Does bottom part (after sethi) have bits?  */
   1277  1.1  skrll       if ((need_hh22_p && (upper32 & 0x3ff) != 0)
   1278  1.1  skrll 	  /* No hh22, but does upper32 still have bits we can't set
   1279  1.1  skrll 	     from lower32?  */
   1280  1.1  skrll 	  || (! need_hh22_p && upper32 != 0 && upper32 != -1))
   1281  1.1  skrll 	need_hm10_p = 1;
   1282  1.1  skrll 
   1283  1.1  skrll       /* If the lower half is all zero, we build the upper half directly
   1284  1.1  skrll 	 into the dst reg.  */
   1285  1.1  skrll       if (lower32 != 0
   1286  1.1  skrll 	  /* Need lower half if number is zero or 0xffffffff00000000.  */
   1287  1.1  skrll 	  || (! need_hh22_p && ! need_hm10_p))
   1288  1.1  skrll 	{
   1289  1.1  skrll 	  /* No need for sethi if `or' insn can handle constant.  */
   1290  1.1  skrll 	  if (lower32 < -(1 << 12) || lower32 >= (1 << 12)
   1291  1.1  skrll 	      /* Note that we can't use a negative constant in the `or'
   1292  1.1  skrll 		 insn unless the upper 32 bits are all ones.  */
   1293  1.1  skrll 	      || (lower32 < 0 && upper32 != -1)
   1294  1.1  skrll 	      || (lower32 >= 0 && upper32 == -1))
   1295  1.1  skrll 	    need_hi22_p = 1;
   1296  1.1  skrll 
   1297  1.1  skrll 	  if (need_hi22_p && upper32 == -1)
   1298  1.1  skrll 	    need_xor10_p = 1;
   1299  1.1  skrll 
   1300  1.1  skrll 	  /* Does bottom part (after sethi) have bits?  */
   1301  1.1  skrll 	  else if ((need_hi22_p && (lower32 & 0x3ff) != 0)
   1302  1.1  skrll 		   /* No sethi.  */
   1303  1.1  skrll 		   || (! need_hi22_p && (lower32 & 0x1fff) != 0)
   1304  1.1  skrll 		   /* Need `or' if we didn't set anything else.  */
   1305  1.1  skrll 		   || (! need_hi22_p && ! need_hh22_p && ! need_hm10_p))
   1306  1.1  skrll 	    need_lo10_p = 1;
   1307  1.1  skrll 	}
   1308  1.1  skrll       else
   1309  1.1  skrll 	/* Output directly to dst reg if lower 32 bits are all zero.  */
   1310  1.1  skrll 	upper_dstreg = dstreg;
   1311  1.1  skrll     }
   1312  1.1  skrll 
   1313  1.1  skrll   if (!upper_dstreg && dstreg)
   1314  1.1  skrll     as_warn (_("setx: illegal temporary register g0"));
   1315  1.1  skrll 
   1316  1.1  skrll   if (need_hh22_p)
   1317  1.1  skrll     {
   1318  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SETHI_INSN | RD (upper_dstreg)
   1319  1.1  skrll 			 | ((upper32 >> 10) & 0x3fffff));
   1320  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1321  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1322  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1323  1.1  skrll     }
   1324  1.1  skrll 
   1325  1.1  skrll   if (need_hi22_p)
   1326  1.1  skrll     {
   1327  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SETHI_INSN | RD (dstreg)
   1328  1.1  skrll 			 | (((need_xor10_p ? ~lower32 : lower32)
   1329  1.1  skrll 			     >> 10) & 0x3fffff));
   1330  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1331  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1332  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1333  1.1  skrll     }
   1334  1.1  skrll 
   1335  1.1  skrll   if (need_hm10_p)
   1336  1.1  skrll     {
   1337  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (OR_INSN
   1338  1.1  skrll 			 | (need_hh22_p ? RS1 (upper_dstreg) : 0)
   1339  1.1  skrll 			 | RD (upper_dstreg)
   1340  1.1  skrll 			 | IMMED
   1341  1.1  skrll 			 | (upper32 & (need_hh22_p ? 0x3ff : 0x1fff)));
   1342  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1343  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1344  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1345  1.1  skrll     }
   1346  1.1  skrll 
   1347  1.1  skrll   if (need_lo10_p)
   1348  1.1  skrll     {
   1349  1.1  skrll       /* FIXME: One nice optimization to do here is to OR the low part
   1350  1.1  skrll 	 with the highpart if hi22 isn't needed and the low part is
   1351  1.1  skrll 	 positive.  */
   1352  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (OR_INSN | (need_hi22_p ? RS1 (dstreg) : 0)
   1353  1.1  skrll 			 | RD (dstreg)
   1354  1.1  skrll 			 | IMMED
   1355  1.1  skrll 			 | (lower32 & (need_hi22_p ? 0x3ff : 0x1fff)));
   1356  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant
   1357  1.1  skrll 			? BFD_RELOC_LO10 : BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1358  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1359  1.1  skrll     }
   1360  1.1  skrll 
   1361  1.1  skrll   /* If we needed to build the upper part, shift it into place.  */
   1362  1.1  skrll   if (need_hh22_p || need_hm10_p)
   1363  1.1  skrll     {
   1364  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (SLLX_INSN | RS1 (upper_dstreg) | RD (upper_dstreg)
   1365  1.1  skrll 			 | IMMED | 32);
   1366  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1367  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1368  1.1  skrll     }
   1369  1.1  skrll 
   1370  1.1  skrll   /* To get -1 in upper32, we do sethi %hi(~x), r; xor r, -0x400 | x, r.  */
   1371  1.1  skrll   if (need_xor10_p)
   1372  1.1  skrll     {
   1373  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (XOR_INSN | RS1 (dstreg) | RD (dstreg) | IMMED
   1374  1.1  skrll 			 | 0x1c00 | (lower32 & 0x3ff));
   1375  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1376  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1377  1.1  skrll     }
   1378  1.1  skrll 
   1379  1.1  skrll   /* If we needed to build both upper and lower parts, OR them together.  */
   1380  1.1  skrll   else if ((need_hh22_p || need_hm10_p) && (need_hi22_p || need_lo10_p))
   1381  1.1  skrll     {
   1382  1.1  skrll       the_insn.opcode = (OR_INSN | RS1 (dstreg) | RS2 (upper_dstreg)
   1383  1.1  skrll 			 | RD (dstreg));
   1384  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1385  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1386  1.1  skrll     }
   1387  1.1  skrll }
   1388  1.1  skrll 
   1389  1.1  skrll /* Main entry point to assemble one instruction.  */
   1391  1.1  skrll 
   1392  1.1  skrll void
   1393  1.1  skrll md_assemble (char *str)
   1394  1.1  skrll {
   1395  1.1  skrll   const struct sparc_opcode *insn;
   1396  1.1  skrll   int special_case;
   1397  1.1  skrll 
   1398  1.1  skrll   know (str);
   1399  1.1  skrll   special_case = sparc_ip (str, &insn);
   1400  1.1  skrll   if (insn == NULL)
   1401  1.1  skrll     return;
   1402  1.1  skrll 
   1403  1.1  skrll   /* We warn about attempts to put a floating point branch in a delay slot,
   1404  1.1  skrll      unless the delay slot has been annulled.  */
   1405  1.2  joerg   if (last_insn != NULL
   1406  1.2  joerg       && (insn->flags & F_FBR) != 0
   1407  1.2  joerg       && (last_insn->flags & F_DELAYED) != 0
   1408  1.2  joerg       /* ??? This test isn't completely accurate.  We assume anything with
   1409  1.2  joerg 	 F_{UNBR,CONDBR,FBR} set is annullable.  */
   1410  1.2  joerg       && ((last_insn->flags & (F_UNBR | F_CONDBR | F_FBR)) == 0
   1411  1.1  skrll 	  || (last_opcode & ANNUL) == 0))
   1412  1.2  joerg     as_warn (_("FP branch in delay slot"));
   1413  1.2  joerg 
   1414  1.2  joerg   /* SPARC before v8 requires a nop instruction between a floating
   1415  1.2  joerg      point instruction and a floating point branch.  SPARCv8 requires
   1416  1.1  skrll      a nop only immediately after FPop2 (fcmp*) instructions.
   1417  1.1  skrll      We insert one automatically, with a warning.
   1418  1.1  skrll    */
   1419  1.1  skrll   if (last_insn != NULL
   1420  1.1  skrll       && (insn->flags & F_FBR) != 0
   1421  1.1  skrll       && (last_insn->flags & F_FLOAT) != 0
   1422  1.1  skrll       && (max_architecture < SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V8 ||
   1423  1.1  skrll           (max_architecture < SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9 &&
   1424  1.1  skrll            strncmp(last_insn->name, "fcmp", 4) == 0)))
   1425  1.1  skrll     {
   1426  1.1  skrll       struct sparc_it nop_insn;
   1427  1.1  skrll 
   1428  1.1  skrll       nop_insn.opcode = NOP_INSN;
   1429  1.1  skrll       nop_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1430  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &nop_insn);
   1431  1.1  skrll       as_warn (_("FP branch preceded by FP instruction; NOP inserted"));
   1432  1.1  skrll     }
   1433  1.1  skrll 
   1434  1.1  skrll   switch (special_case)
   1435  1.1  skrll     {
   1436  1.1  skrll     case SPECIAL_CASE_NONE:
   1437  1.1  skrll       /* Normal insn.  */
   1438  1.1  skrll       output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1439  1.1  skrll       break;
   1440  1.1  skrll 
   1441  1.1  skrll     case SPECIAL_CASE_SETSW:
   1442  1.1  skrll       synthetize_setsw (insn);
   1443  1.1  skrll       break;
   1444  1.1  skrll 
   1445  1.1  skrll     case SPECIAL_CASE_SET:
   1446  1.1  skrll       synthetize_setuw (insn);
   1447  1.1  skrll       break;
   1448  1.1  skrll 
   1449  1.1  skrll     case SPECIAL_CASE_SETX:
   1450  1.1  skrll       synthetize_setx (insn);
   1451  1.1  skrll       break;
   1452  1.1  skrll 
   1453  1.1  skrll     case SPECIAL_CASE_FDIV:
   1454  1.1  skrll       {
   1455  1.2  joerg 	int rd = (the_insn.opcode >> 25) & 0x1f;
   1456  1.1  skrll 
   1457  1.1  skrll 	output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1458  1.1  skrll 
   1459  1.1  skrll 	/* According to information leaked from Sun, the "fdiv" instructions
   1460  1.1  skrll 	   on early SPARC machines would produce incorrect results sometimes.
   1461  1.1  skrll 	   The workaround is to add an fmovs of the destination register to
   1462  1.1  skrll 	   itself just after the instruction.  This was true on machines
   1463  1.1  skrll 	   with Weitek 1165 float chips, such as the Sun-4/260 and /280.  */
   1464  1.1  skrll 	gas_assert (the_insn.reloc == BFD_RELOC_NONE);
   1465  1.1  skrll 	the_insn.opcode = FMOVS_INSN | rd | RD (rd);
   1466  1.2  joerg 	output_insn (insn, &the_insn);
   1467  1.2  joerg 	return;
   1468  1.2  joerg       }
   1469  1.2  joerg 
   1470  1.2  joerg     default:
   1471  1.2  joerg       as_fatal (_("failed special case insn sanity check"));
   1472  1.2  joerg     }
   1473  1.2  joerg }
   1474  1.2  joerg 
   1475  1.2  joerg static const char *
   1476  1.2  joerg get_hwcap_name (bfd_uint64_t mask)
   1477  1.2  joerg {
   1478  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_MUL32)
   1479  1.2  joerg     return "mul32";
   1480  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_DIV32)
   1481  1.2  joerg     return "div32";
   1482  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_FSMULD)
   1483  1.2  joerg     return "fsmuld";
   1484  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_V8PLUS)
   1485  1.2  joerg     return "v8plus";
   1486  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_POPC)
   1487  1.2  joerg     return "popc";
   1488  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_VIS)
   1489  1.2  joerg     return "vis";
   1490  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_VIS2)
   1491  1.2  joerg     return "vis2";
   1492  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_ASI_BLK_INIT)
   1493  1.2  joerg     return "ASIBlkInit";
   1494  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_FMAF)
   1495  1.2  joerg     return "fmaf";
   1496  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_VIS3)
   1497  1.2  joerg     return "vis3";
   1498  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_HPC)
   1499  1.2  joerg     return "hpc";
   1500  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_RANDOM)
   1501  1.2  joerg     return "random";
   1502  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_TRANS)
   1503  1.2  joerg     return "trans";
   1504  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_FJFMAU)
   1505  1.2  joerg     return "fjfmau";
   1506  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_IMA)
   1507  1.2  joerg     return "ima";
   1508  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_ASI_CACHE_SPARING)
   1509  1.2  joerg     return "cspare";
   1510  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_AES)
   1511  1.2  joerg     return "aes";
   1512  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_DES)
   1513  1.2  joerg     return "des";
   1514  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_KASUMI)
   1515  1.2  joerg     return "kasumi";
   1516  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_CAMELLIA)
   1517  1.2  joerg     return "camellia";
   1518  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_MD5)
   1519  1.2  joerg     return "md5";
   1520  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_SHA1)
   1521  1.2  joerg     return "sha1";
   1522  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_SHA256)
   1523  1.2  joerg     return "sha256";
   1524  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_SHA512)
   1525  1.2  joerg     return "sha512";
   1526  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_MPMUL)
   1527  1.2  joerg     return "mpmul";
   1528  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_MONT)
   1529  1.2  joerg     return "mont";
   1530  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_PAUSE)
   1531  1.2  joerg     return "pause";
   1532  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_CBCOND)
   1533  1.2  joerg     return "cbcond";
   1534  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP_CRC32C)
   1535  1.2  joerg     return "crc32c";
   1536  1.2  joerg 
   1537  1.2  joerg   mask = mask >> 32;
   1538  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_FJATHPLUS)
   1539  1.2  joerg     return "fjathplus";
   1540  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_VIS3B)
   1541  1.2  joerg     return "vis3b";
   1542  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_ADP)
   1543  1.2  joerg     return "adp";
   1544  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_SPARC5)
   1545  1.2  joerg     return "sparc5";
   1546  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_MWAIT)
   1547  1.2  joerg     return "mwait";
   1548  1.2  joerg   if (mask & HWCAP2_XMPMUL)
   1549  1.1  skrll     return "xmpmul";
   1550  1.1  skrll   if (mask & HWCAP2_XMONT)
   1551  1.1  skrll     return "xmont";
   1552  1.1  skrll   if (mask & HWCAP2_NSEC)
   1553  1.1  skrll     return "nsec";
   1554  1.1  skrll 
   1555  1.1  skrll   return "UNKNOWN";
   1556  1.1  skrll }
   1557  1.1  skrll 
   1558  1.1  skrll /* Subroutine of md_assemble to do the actual parsing.  */
   1559  1.1  skrll 
   1560  1.1  skrll static int
   1561  1.1  skrll sparc_ip (char *str, const struct sparc_opcode **pinsn)
   1562  1.1  skrll {
   1563  1.1  skrll   char *error_message = "";
   1564  1.1  skrll   char *s;
   1565  1.1  skrll   const char *args;
   1566  1.1  skrll   char c;
   1567  1.1  skrll   const struct sparc_opcode *insn;
   1568  1.1  skrll   char *argsStart;
   1569  1.1  skrll   unsigned long opcode;
   1570  1.1  skrll   unsigned int mask = 0;
   1571  1.1  skrll   int match = 0;
   1572  1.2  joerg   int comma = 0;
   1573  1.1  skrll   int v9_arg_p;
   1574  1.1  skrll   int special_case = SPECIAL_CASE_NONE;
   1575  1.1  skrll 
   1576  1.1  skrll   s = str;
   1577  1.1  skrll   if (ISLOWER (*s))
   1578  1.1  skrll     {
   1579  1.1  skrll       do
   1580  1.1  skrll 	++s;
   1581  1.1  skrll       while (ISLOWER (*s) || ISDIGIT (*s) || *s == '_');
   1582  1.1  skrll     }
   1583  1.1  skrll 
   1584  1.1  skrll   switch (*s)
   1585  1.1  skrll     {
   1586  1.1  skrll     case '\0':
   1587  1.1  skrll       break;
   1588  1.1  skrll 
   1589  1.1  skrll     case ',':
   1590  1.1  skrll       comma = 1;
   1591  1.1  skrll       /* Fall through.  */
   1592  1.1  skrll 
   1593  1.1  skrll     case ' ':
   1594  1.1  skrll       *s++ = '\0';
   1595  1.1  skrll       break;
   1596  1.1  skrll 
   1597  1.1  skrll     default:
   1598  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
   1599  1.1  skrll       *pinsn = NULL;
   1600  1.1  skrll       return special_case;
   1601  1.1  skrll     }
   1602  1.1  skrll   insn = (struct sparc_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str);
   1603  1.1  skrll   *pinsn = insn;
   1604  1.1  skrll   if (insn == NULL)
   1605  1.1  skrll     {
   1606  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
   1607  1.1  skrll       return special_case;
   1608  1.1  skrll     }
   1609  1.1  skrll   if (comma)
   1610  1.1  skrll     {
   1611  1.1  skrll       *--s = ',';
   1612  1.1  skrll     }
   1613  1.1  skrll 
   1614  1.1  skrll   argsStart = s;
   1615  1.1  skrll   for (;;)
   1616  1.1  skrll     {
   1617  1.1  skrll       opcode = insn->match;
   1618  1.1  skrll       memset (&the_insn, '\0', sizeof (the_insn));
   1619  1.1  skrll       the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   1620  1.1  skrll       v9_arg_p = 0;
   1621  1.1  skrll 
   1622  1.1  skrll       /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make sure that the
   1623  1.1  skrll          operands match.  */
   1624  1.1  skrll       for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
   1625  1.1  skrll 	{
   1626  1.1  skrll 	  switch (*args)
   1627  1.1  skrll 	    {
   1628  1.2  joerg 	    case 'K':
   1629  1.1  skrll 	      {
   1630  1.1  skrll 		int kmask = 0;
   1631  1.2  joerg 
   1632  1.1  skrll 		/* Parse a series of masks.  */
   1633  1.1  skrll 		if (*s == '#')
   1634  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1635  1.1  skrll 		    while (*s == '#')
   1636  1.2  joerg 		      {
   1637  1.1  skrll 			int jmask;
   1638  1.1  skrll 
   1639  1.1  skrll 			if (! parse_keyword_arg (sparc_encode_membar, &s,
   1640  1.1  skrll 						 &jmask))
   1641  1.1  skrll 			  {
   1642  1.1  skrll 			    error_message = _(": invalid membar mask name");
   1643  1.1  skrll 			    goto error;
   1644  1.1  skrll 			  }
   1645  1.1  skrll 			kmask |= jmask;
   1646  1.1  skrll 			while (*s == ' ')
   1647  1.1  skrll 			  ++s;
   1648  1.1  skrll 			if (*s == '|' || *s == '+')
   1649  1.1  skrll 			  ++s;
   1650  1.1  skrll 			while (*s == ' ')
   1651  1.1  skrll 			  ++s;
   1652  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1653  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1654  1.1  skrll 		else
   1655  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1656  1.1  skrll 		    if (! parse_const_expr_arg (&s, &kmask))
   1657  1.1  skrll 		      {
   1658  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid membar mask expression");
   1659  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   1660  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1661  1.1  skrll 		    if (kmask < 0 || kmask > 127)
   1662  1.1  skrll 		      {
   1663  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid membar mask number");
   1664  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   1665  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1666  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1667  1.1  skrll 
   1668  1.1  skrll 		opcode |= MEMBAR (kmask);
   1669  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   1670  1.1  skrll 	      }
   1671  1.1  skrll 
   1672  1.1  skrll 	    case '3':
   1673  1.1  skrll 	      {
   1674  1.1  skrll 		int smask = 0;
   1675  1.1  skrll 
   1676  1.1  skrll 		if (! parse_const_expr_arg (&s, &smask))
   1677  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1678  1.1  skrll 		    error_message = _(": invalid siam mode expression");
   1679  1.1  skrll 		    goto error;
   1680  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1681  1.1  skrll 		if (smask < 0 || smask > 7)
   1682  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1683  1.1  skrll 		    error_message = _(": invalid siam mode number");
   1684  1.1  skrll 		    goto error;
   1685  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1686  1.1  skrll 		opcode |= smask;
   1687  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   1688  1.1  skrll 	      }
   1689  1.1  skrll 
   1690  1.1  skrll 	    case '*':
   1691  1.1  skrll 	      {
   1692  1.1  skrll 		int fcn = 0;
   1693  1.1  skrll 
   1694  1.1  skrll 		/* Parse a prefetch function.  */
   1695  1.1  skrll 		if (*s == '#')
   1696  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1697  1.1  skrll 		    if (! parse_keyword_arg (sparc_encode_prefetch, &s, &fcn))
   1698  1.1  skrll 		      {
   1699  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid prefetch function name");
   1700  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   1701  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1702  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1703  1.1  skrll 		else
   1704  1.1  skrll 		  {
   1705  1.1  skrll 		    if (! parse_const_expr_arg (&s, &fcn))
   1706  1.1  skrll 		      {
   1707  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid prefetch function expression");
   1708  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   1709  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1710  1.1  skrll 		    if (fcn < 0 || fcn > 31)
   1711  1.1  skrll 		      {
   1712  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid prefetch function number");
   1713  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   1714  1.1  skrll 		      }
   1715  1.1  skrll 		  }
   1716  1.1  skrll 		opcode |= RD (fcn);
   1717  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   1718  1.1  skrll 	      }
   1719  1.1  skrll 
   1720  1.1  skrll 	    case '!':
   1721  1.1  skrll 	    case '?':
   1722  1.1  skrll 	      /* Parse a sparc64 privileged register.  */
   1723  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '%')
   1724  1.1  skrll 		{
   1725  1.1  skrll 		  struct priv_reg_entry *p = priv_reg_table;
   1726  1.1  skrll 		  unsigned int len = 9999999; /* Init to make gcc happy.  */
   1727  1.1  skrll 
   1728  1.1  skrll 		  s += 1;
   1729  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] > s[0])
   1730  1.1  skrll 		    p++;
   1731  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] == s[0])
   1732  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1733  1.1  skrll 		      len = strlen (p->name);
   1734  1.1  skrll 		      if (strncmp (p->name, s, len) == 0)
   1735  1.1  skrll 			break;
   1736  1.1  skrll 		      p++;
   1737  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1738  1.1  skrll 		  if (p->name[0] != s[0])
   1739  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1740  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": unrecognizable privileged register");
   1741  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1742  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1743  1.1  skrll 		  if (*args == '?')
   1744  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 14);
   1745  1.1  skrll 		  else
   1746  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 25);
   1747  1.1  skrll 		  s += len;
   1748  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   1749  1.1  skrll 		}
   1750  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1751  1.1  skrll 		{
   1752  1.1  skrll 		  error_message = _(": unrecognizable privileged register");
   1753  1.1  skrll 		  goto error;
   1754  1.1  skrll 		}
   1755  1.1  skrll 
   1756  1.1  skrll 	    case '$':
   1757  1.1  skrll 	    case '%':
   1758  1.1  skrll 	      /* Parse a sparc64 hyperprivileged register.  */
   1759  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '%')
   1760  1.1  skrll 		{
   1761  1.1  skrll 		  struct priv_reg_entry *p = hpriv_reg_table;
   1762  1.1  skrll 		  unsigned int len = 9999999; /* Init to make gcc happy.  */
   1763  1.1  skrll 
   1764  1.1  skrll 		  s += 1;
   1765  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] > s[0])
   1766  1.1  skrll 		    p++;
   1767  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] == s[0])
   1768  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1769  1.1  skrll 		      len = strlen (p->name);
   1770  1.1  skrll 		      if (strncmp (p->name, s, len) == 0)
   1771  1.1  skrll 			break;
   1772  1.1  skrll 		      p++;
   1773  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1774  1.1  skrll 		  if (p->name[0] != s[0])
   1775  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1776  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": unrecognizable hyperprivileged register");
   1777  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1778  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1779  1.1  skrll 		  if (*args == '$')
   1780  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 14);
   1781  1.1  skrll 		  else
   1782  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 25);
   1783  1.1  skrll 		  s += len;
   1784  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   1785  1.1  skrll 		}
   1786  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1787  1.1  skrll 		{
   1788  1.1  skrll 		  error_message = _(": unrecognizable hyperprivileged register");
   1789  1.1  skrll 		  goto error;
   1790  1.1  skrll 		}
   1791  1.1  skrll 
   1792  1.1  skrll 	    case '_':
   1793  1.1  skrll 	    case '/':
   1794  1.1  skrll 	      /* Parse a v9a/v9b ancillary state register.  */
   1795  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '%')
   1796  1.1  skrll 		{
   1797  1.1  skrll 		  struct priv_reg_entry *p = v9a_asr_table;
   1798  1.1  skrll 		  unsigned int len = 9999999; /* Init to make gcc happy.  */
   1799  1.1  skrll 
   1800  1.1  skrll 		  s += 1;
   1801  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] > s[0])
   1802  1.1  skrll 		    p++;
   1803  1.1  skrll 		  while (p->name[0] == s[0])
   1804  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1805  1.1  skrll 		      len = strlen (p->name);
   1806  1.1  skrll 		      if (strncmp (p->name, s, len) == 0)
   1807  1.1  skrll 			break;
   1808  1.1  skrll 		      p++;
   1809  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1810  1.1  skrll 		  if (p->name[0] != s[0])
   1811  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1812  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": unrecognizable v9a or v9b ancillary state register");
   1813  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1814  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1815  1.1  skrll 		  if (*args == '/' && (p->regnum == 20 || p->regnum == 21))
   1816  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1817  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": rd on write only ancillary state register");
   1818  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1819  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1820  1.1  skrll 		  if (p->regnum >= 24
   1821  1.1  skrll 		      && (insn->architecture
   1822  1.1  skrll 			  & SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MASK (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9A)))
   1823  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1824  1.1  skrll 		      /* %sys_tick and %sys_tick_cmpr are v9bnotv9a */
   1825  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": unrecognizable v9a ancillary state register");
   1826  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1827  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1828  1.1  skrll 		  if (*args == '/')
   1829  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 14);
   1830  1.1  skrll 		  else
   1831  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= (p->regnum << 25);
   1832  1.1  skrll 		  s += len;
   1833  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   1834  1.1  skrll 		}
   1835  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1836  1.1  skrll 		{
   1837  1.1  skrll 		  error_message = _(": unrecognizable v9a or v9b ancillary state register");
   1838  1.1  skrll 		  goto error;
   1839  1.1  skrll 		}
   1840  1.1  skrll 
   1841  1.1  skrll 	    case 'M':
   1842  1.1  skrll 	    case 'm':
   1843  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%asr", 4) == 0)
   1844  1.1  skrll 		{
   1845  1.1  skrll 		  s += 4;
   1846  1.1  skrll 
   1847  1.1  skrll 		  if (ISDIGIT (*s))
   1848  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1849  1.1  skrll 		      long num = 0;
   1850  1.1  skrll 
   1851  1.1  skrll 		      while (ISDIGIT (*s))
   1852  1.1  skrll 			{
   1853  1.1  skrll 			  num = num * 10 + *s - '0';
   1854  1.1  skrll 			  ++s;
   1855  1.1  skrll 			}
   1856  1.1  skrll 
   1857  1.1  skrll 		      if (current_architecture >= SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9)
   1858  1.1  skrll 			{
   1859  1.1  skrll 			  if (num < 16 || 31 < num)
   1860  1.1  skrll 			    {
   1861  1.1  skrll 			      error_message = _(": asr number must be between 16 and 31");
   1862  1.1  skrll 			      goto error;
   1863  1.1  skrll 			    }
   1864  1.1  skrll 			}
   1865  1.1  skrll 		      else
   1866  1.1  skrll 			{
   1867  1.1  skrll 			  if (num < 0 || 31 < num)
   1868  1.1  skrll 			    {
   1869  1.1  skrll 			      error_message = _(": asr number must be between 0 and 31");
   1870  1.1  skrll 			      goto error;
   1871  1.1  skrll 			    }
   1872  1.1  skrll 			}
   1873  1.1  skrll 
   1874  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= (*args == 'M' ? RS1 (num) : RD (num));
   1875  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   1876  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1877  1.1  skrll 		  else
   1878  1.1  skrll 		    {
   1879  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": expecting %asrN");
   1880  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   1881  1.1  skrll 		    }
   1882  1.1  skrll 		} /* if %asr  */
   1883  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   1884  1.2  joerg 
   1885  1.2  joerg 	    case 'I':
   1886  1.2  joerg 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11;
   1887  1.2  joerg 	      goto immediate;
   1888  1.2  joerg 
   1889  1.2  joerg 	    case 'j':
   1890  1.2  joerg 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10;
   1891  1.2  joerg 	      goto immediate;
   1892  1.2  joerg 
   1893  1.2  joerg 	    case ')':
   1894  1.2  joerg 	      if (*s == ' ')
   1895  1.2  joerg 		s++;
   1896  1.2  joerg 	      if ((s[0] == '0' && s[1] == 'x' && ISXDIGIT (s[2]))
   1897  1.2  joerg 		  || ISDIGIT (*s))
   1898  1.2  joerg 		{
   1899  1.2  joerg 		  long num = 0;
   1900  1.2  joerg 
   1901  1.2  joerg 		  if (s[0] == '0' && s[1] == 'x')
   1902  1.2  joerg 		    {
   1903  1.2  joerg 		      s += 2;
   1904  1.2  joerg 		      while (ISXDIGIT (*s))
   1905  1.2  joerg 			{
   1906  1.2  joerg 			  num <<= 4;
   1907  1.2  joerg 			  num |= hex_value (*s);
   1908  1.2  joerg 			  ++s;
   1909  1.2  joerg 			}
   1910  1.2  joerg 		    }
   1911  1.2  joerg 		  else
   1912  1.2  joerg 		    {
   1913  1.2  joerg 		      while (ISDIGIT (*s))
   1914  1.2  joerg 			{
   1915  1.2  joerg 			  num = num * 10 + *s - '0';
   1916  1.2  joerg 			  ++s;
   1917  1.2  joerg 			}
   1918  1.2  joerg 		    }
   1919  1.2  joerg 		  if (num < 0 || num > 31)
   1920  1.2  joerg 		    {
   1921  1.2  joerg 		      error_message = _(": crypto immediate must be between 0 and 31");
   1922  1.2  joerg 		      goto error;
   1923  1.2  joerg 		    }
   1924  1.2  joerg 
   1925  1.1  skrll 		  opcode |= RS3 (num);
   1926  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   1927  1.1  skrll 		}
   1928  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1929  1.1  skrll 		{
   1930  1.1  skrll 		  error_message = _(": expecting crypto immediate");
   1931  1.1  skrll 		  goto error;
   1932  1.1  skrll 		}
   1933  1.1  skrll 
   1934  1.1  skrll 	    case 'X':
   1935  1.1  skrll 	      /* V8 systems don't understand BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5.  */
   1936  1.1  skrll 	      if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   1937  1.1  skrll 		the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5;
   1938  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1939  1.1  skrll 		the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC13;
   1940  1.1  skrll 	      /* These fields are unsigned, but for upward compatibility,
   1941  1.1  skrll 		 allow negative values as well.  */
   1942  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   1943  1.1  skrll 
   1944  1.1  skrll 	    case 'Y':
   1945  1.1  skrll 	      /* V8 systems don't understand BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6.  */
   1946  1.1  skrll 	      if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   1947  1.1  skrll 		the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6;
   1948  1.1  skrll 	      else
   1949  1.1  skrll 		the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC13;
   1950  1.2  joerg 	      /* These fields are unsigned, but for upward compatibility,
   1951  1.2  joerg 		 allow negative values as well.  */
   1952  1.2  joerg 	      goto immediate;
   1953  1.2  joerg 
   1954  1.2  joerg 	    case 'k':
   1955  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = /* RELOC_WDISP2_14 */ BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16;
   1956  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
   1957  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   1958  1.1  skrll 
   1959  1.1  skrll 	    case '=':
   1960  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = /* RELOC_WDISP2_8 */ BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10;
   1961  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
   1962  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   1963  1.1  skrll 
   1964  1.1  skrll 	    case 'G':
   1965  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19;
   1966  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
   1967  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   1968  1.1  skrll 
   1969  1.1  skrll 	    case 'N':
   1970  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == 'p' && s[1] == 'n')
   1971  1.1  skrll 		{
   1972  1.1  skrll 		  s += 2;
   1973  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   1974  1.1  skrll 		}
   1975  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   1976  1.1  skrll 
   1977  1.1  skrll 	    case 'T':
   1978  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == 'p' && s[1] == 't')
   1979  1.1  skrll 		{
   1980  1.1  skrll 		  s += 2;
   1981  1.2  joerg 		  continue;
   1982  1.2  joerg 		}
   1983  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   1984  1.1  skrll 
   1985  1.1  skrll 	    case 'z':
   1986  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   1987  1.1  skrll 		{
   1988  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   1989  1.1  skrll 		}
   1990  1.1  skrll 	      if ((strncmp (s, "%icc", 4) == 0)
   1991  1.1  skrll                   || (sparc_arch_size == 32 && strncmp (s, "%ncc", 4) == 0))
   1992  1.1  skrll 		{
   1993  1.1  skrll 		  s += 4;
   1994  1.2  joerg 		  continue;
   1995  1.2  joerg 		}
   1996  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   1997  1.1  skrll 
   1998  1.1  skrll 	    case 'Z':
   1999  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2000  1.1  skrll 		{
   2001  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2002  1.1  skrll 		}
   2003  1.1  skrll               if ((strncmp (s, "%xcc", 4) == 0)
   2004  1.1  skrll                   || (sparc_arch_size == 64 && strncmp (s, "%ncc", 4) == 0))
   2005  1.1  skrll 		{
   2006  1.1  skrll 		  s += 4;
   2007  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2008  1.1  skrll 		}
   2009  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2010  1.1  skrll 
   2011  1.1  skrll 	    case '6':
   2012  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2013  1.1  skrll 		{
   2014  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2015  1.1  skrll 		}
   2016  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fcc0", 5) == 0)
   2017  1.1  skrll 		{
   2018  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2019  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2020  1.1  skrll 		}
   2021  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2022  1.1  skrll 
   2023  1.1  skrll 	    case '7':
   2024  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2025  1.1  skrll 		{
   2026  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2027  1.1  skrll 		}
   2028  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fcc1", 5) == 0)
   2029  1.1  skrll 		{
   2030  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2031  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2032  1.1  skrll 		}
   2033  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2034  1.1  skrll 
   2035  1.1  skrll 	    case '8':
   2036  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2037  1.1  skrll 		{
   2038  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2039  1.1  skrll 		}
   2040  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fcc2", 5) == 0)
   2041  1.1  skrll 		{
   2042  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2043  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2044  1.1  skrll 		}
   2045  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2046  1.1  skrll 
   2047  1.1  skrll 	    case '9':
   2048  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2049  1.1  skrll 		{
   2050  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2051  1.1  skrll 		}
   2052  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fcc3", 5) == 0)
   2053  1.1  skrll 		{
   2054  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2055  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2056  1.1  skrll 		}
   2057  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2058  1.1  skrll 
   2059  1.1  skrll 	    case 'P':
   2060  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%pc", 3) == 0)
   2061  1.1  skrll 		{
   2062  1.1  skrll 		  s += 3;
   2063  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2064  1.1  skrll 		}
   2065  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2066  1.1  skrll 
   2067  1.1  skrll 	    case 'W':
   2068  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%tick", 5) == 0)
   2069  1.1  skrll 		{
   2070  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2071  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2072  1.1  skrll 		}
   2073  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2074  1.1  skrll 
   2075  1.1  skrll 	    case '\0':		/* End of args.  */
   2076  1.1  skrll 	      if (s[0] == ',' && s[1] == '%')
   2077  1.1  skrll 		{
   2078  1.1  skrll 		  static const struct ops
   2079  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2080  1.1  skrll 		    /* The name as it appears in assembler.  */
   2081  1.1  skrll 		    char *name;
   2082  1.1  skrll 		    /* strlen (name), precomputed for speed */
   2083  1.1  skrll 		    int len;
   2084  1.1  skrll 		    /* The reloc this pseudo-op translates to.  */
   2085  1.1  skrll 		    int reloc;
   2086  1.1  skrll 		    /* 1 if tls call.  */
   2087  1.1  skrll 		    int tls_call;
   2088  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2089  1.1  skrll 		  ops[] =
   2090  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2091  1.1  skrll 		    { "tgd_add", 7, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD, 0 },
   2092  1.1  skrll 		    { "tgd_call", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL, 1 },
   2093  1.1  skrll 		    { "tldm_add", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD, 0 },
   2094  1.1  skrll 		    { "tldm_call", 9, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL, 1 },
   2095  1.1  skrll 		    { "tldo_add", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD, 0 },
   2096  1.1  skrll 		    { "tie_ldx", 7, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX, 0 },
   2097  1.1  skrll 		    { "tie_ld", 6, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD, 0 },
   2098  1.1  skrll 		    { "tie_add", 7, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD, 0 },
   2099  1.1  skrll 		    { "gdop", 4, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP, 0 },
   2100  1.1  skrll 		    { NULL, 0, 0, 0 }
   2101  1.1  skrll 		  };
   2102  1.1  skrll 		  const struct ops *o;
   2103  1.1  skrll 		  char *s1;
   2104  1.1  skrll 		  int npar = 0;
   2105  1.1  skrll 
   2106  1.1  skrll 		  for (o = ops; o->name; o++)
   2107  1.1  skrll 		    if (strncmp (s + 2, o->name, o->len) == 0)
   2108  1.1  skrll 		      break;
   2109  1.1  skrll 		  if (o->name == NULL)
   2110  1.1  skrll 		    break;
   2111  1.1  skrll 
   2112  1.1  skrll 		  if (s[o->len + 2] != '(')
   2113  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2114  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s requires arguments in ()"), o->name);
   2115  1.1  skrll 		      return special_case;
   2116  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2117  1.1  skrll 
   2118  1.1  skrll 		  if (! o->tls_call && the_insn.reloc != BFD_RELOC_NONE)
   2119  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2120  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s cannot be used together with other relocs in the insn ()"),
   2121  1.1  skrll 			      o->name);
   2122  1.1  skrll 		      return special_case;
   2123  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2124  1.1  skrll 
   2125  1.1  skrll 		  if (o->tls_call
   2126  1.1  skrll 		      && (the_insn.reloc != BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   2127  1.1  skrll 			  || the_insn.exp.X_add_number != 0
   2128  1.1  skrll 			  || the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
   2129  1.1  skrll 			     != symbol_find_or_make ("__tls_get_addr")))
   2130  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2131  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s can be only used with call __tls_get_addr"),
   2132  1.1  skrll 			      o->name);
   2133  1.1  skrll 		      return special_case;
   2134  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2135  1.1  skrll 
   2136  1.1  skrll 		  the_insn.reloc = o->reloc;
   2137  1.1  skrll 		  memset (&the_insn.exp, 0, sizeof (the_insn.exp));
   2138  1.1  skrll 		  s += o->len + 3;
   2139  1.1  skrll 
   2140  1.1  skrll 		  for (s1 = s; *s1 && *s1 != ',' && *s1 != ']'; s1++)
   2141  1.1  skrll 		    if (*s1 == '(')
   2142  1.1  skrll 		      npar++;
   2143  1.1  skrll 		    else if (*s1 == ')')
   2144  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2145  1.1  skrll 			if (!npar)
   2146  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2147  1.1  skrll 			npar--;
   2148  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2149  1.1  skrll 
   2150  1.1  skrll 		  if (*s1 != ')')
   2151  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2152  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s requires arguments in ()"), o->name);
   2153  1.1  skrll 		      return special_case;
   2154  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2155  1.1  skrll 
   2156  1.1  skrll 		  *s1 = '\0';
   2157  1.1  skrll 		  (void) get_expression (s);
   2158  1.1  skrll 		  *s1 = ')';
   2159  1.1  skrll 		  s = s1 + 1;
   2160  1.1  skrll 		}
   2161  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '\0')
   2162  1.1  skrll 		match = 1;
   2163  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2164  1.1  skrll 
   2165  1.1  skrll 	    case '+':
   2166  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '+')
   2167  1.1  skrll 		{
   2168  1.1  skrll 		  ++s;
   2169  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2170  1.1  skrll 		}
   2171  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == '-')
   2172  1.1  skrll 		{
   2173  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2174  1.1  skrll 		}
   2175  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2176  1.1  skrll 
   2177  1.1  skrll 	    case '[':		/* These must match exactly.  */
   2178  1.1  skrll 	    case ']':
   2179  1.1  skrll 	    case ',':
   2180  1.1  skrll 	    case ' ':
   2181  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s++ == *args)
   2182  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   2183  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2184  1.1  skrll 
   2185  1.1  skrll 	    case '#':		/* Must be at least one digit.  */
   2186  1.1  skrll 	      if (ISDIGIT (*s++))
   2187  1.1  skrll 		{
   2188  1.1  skrll 		  while (ISDIGIT (*s))
   2189  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2190  1.1  skrll 		      ++s;
   2191  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2192  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2193  1.1  skrll 		}
   2194  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2195  1.1  skrll 
   2196  1.1  skrll 	    case 'C':		/* Coprocessor state register.  */
   2197  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%csr", 4) == 0)
   2198  1.1  skrll 		{
   2199  1.1  skrll 		  s += 4;
   2200  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2201  1.1  skrll 		}
   2202  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2203  1.1  skrll 
   2204  1.1  skrll 	    case 'b':		/* Next operand is a coprocessor register.  */
   2205  1.1  skrll 	    case 'c':
   2206  1.1  skrll 	    case 'D':
   2207  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s++ == '%' && *s++ == 'c' && ISDIGIT (*s))
   2208  1.1  skrll 		{
   2209  1.1  skrll 		  mask = *s++;
   2210  1.1  skrll 		  if (ISDIGIT (*s))
   2211  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2212  1.1  skrll 		      mask = 10 * (mask - '0') + (*s++ - '0');
   2213  1.1  skrll 		      if (mask >= 32)
   2214  1.1  skrll 			{
   2215  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2216  1.1  skrll 			}
   2217  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2218  1.1  skrll 		  else
   2219  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2220  1.1  skrll 		      mask -= '0';
   2221  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2222  1.1  skrll 		  switch (*args)
   2223  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2224  1.1  skrll 
   2225  1.1  skrll 		    case 'b':
   2226  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask << 14;
   2227  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2228  1.1  skrll 
   2229  1.1  skrll 		    case 'c':
   2230  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask;
   2231  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2232  1.1  skrll 
   2233  1.1  skrll 		    case 'D':
   2234  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask << 25;
   2235  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2236  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2237  1.1  skrll 		}
   2238  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2239  1.1  skrll 
   2240  1.1  skrll 	    case 'r':		/* next operand must be a register */
   2241  1.1  skrll 	    case 'O':
   2242  1.1  skrll 	    case '1':
   2243  1.1  skrll 	    case '2':
   2244  1.1  skrll 	    case 'd':
   2245  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s++ == '%')
   2246  1.1  skrll 		{
   2247  1.1  skrll 		  switch (c = *s++)
   2248  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2249  1.1  skrll 
   2250  1.1  skrll 		    case 'f':	/* frame pointer */
   2251  1.1  skrll 		      if (*s++ == 'p')
   2252  1.1  skrll 			{
   2253  1.1  skrll 			  mask = 0x1e;
   2254  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2255  1.1  skrll 			}
   2256  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2257  1.1  skrll 
   2258  1.1  skrll 		    case 'g':	/* global register */
   2259  1.1  skrll 		      c = *s++;
   2260  1.1  skrll 		      if (isoctal (c))
   2261  1.1  skrll 			{
   2262  1.1  skrll 			  mask = c - '0';
   2263  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2264  1.1  skrll 			}
   2265  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2266  1.1  skrll 
   2267  1.1  skrll 		    case 'i':	/* in register */
   2268  1.1  skrll 		      c = *s++;
   2269  1.1  skrll 		      if (isoctal (c))
   2270  1.1  skrll 			{
   2271  1.1  skrll 			  mask = c - '0' + 24;
   2272  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2273  1.1  skrll 			}
   2274  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2275  1.1  skrll 
   2276  1.1  skrll 		    case 'l':	/* local register */
   2277  1.1  skrll 		      c = *s++;
   2278  1.1  skrll 		      if (isoctal (c))
   2279  1.1  skrll 			{
   2280  1.1  skrll 			  mask = (c - '0' + 16);
   2281  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2282  1.1  skrll 			}
   2283  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2284  1.1  skrll 
   2285  1.1  skrll 		    case 'o':	/* out register */
   2286  1.1  skrll 		      c = *s++;
   2287  1.1  skrll 		      if (isoctal (c))
   2288  1.1  skrll 			{
   2289  1.1  skrll 			  mask = (c - '0' + 8);
   2290  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2291  1.1  skrll 			}
   2292  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2293  1.1  skrll 
   2294  1.1  skrll 		    case 's':	/* stack pointer */
   2295  1.1  skrll 		      if (*s++ == 'p')
   2296  1.1  skrll 			{
   2297  1.1  skrll 			  mask = 0xe;
   2298  1.1  skrll 			  break;
   2299  1.1  skrll 			}
   2300  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2301  1.1  skrll 
   2302  1.1  skrll 		    case 'r':	/* any register */
   2303  1.1  skrll 		      if (!ISDIGIT ((c = *s++)))
   2304  1.1  skrll 			{
   2305  1.1  skrll 			  goto error;
   2306  1.1  skrll 			}
   2307  1.1  skrll 		      /* FALLTHROUGH */
   2308  1.1  skrll 		    case '0':
   2309  1.1  skrll 		    case '1':
   2310  1.1  skrll 		    case '2':
   2311  1.1  skrll 		    case '3':
   2312  1.1  skrll 		    case '4':
   2313  1.1  skrll 		    case '5':
   2314  1.1  skrll 		    case '6':
   2315  1.1  skrll 		    case '7':
   2316  1.1  skrll 		    case '8':
   2317  1.1  skrll 		    case '9':
   2318  1.1  skrll 		      if (ISDIGIT (*s))
   2319  1.1  skrll 			{
   2320  1.1  skrll 			  if ((c = 10 * (c - '0') + (*s++ - '0')) >= 32)
   2321  1.1  skrll 			    {
   2322  1.1  skrll 			      goto error;
   2323  1.1  skrll 			    }
   2324  1.1  skrll 			}
   2325  1.1  skrll 		      else
   2326  1.1  skrll 			{
   2327  1.1  skrll 			  c -= '0';
   2328  1.1  skrll 			}
   2329  1.1  skrll 		      mask = c;
   2330  1.1  skrll 		      break;
   2331  1.1  skrll 
   2332  1.1  skrll 		    default:
   2333  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2334  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2335  1.1  skrll 
   2336  1.1  skrll 		  if ((mask & ~1) == 2 && sparc_arch_size == 64
   2337  1.1  skrll 		      && no_undeclared_regs && ! globals[mask])
   2338  1.1  skrll 		    as_bad (_("detected global register use not covered by .register pseudo-op"));
   2339  1.1  skrll 
   2340  1.1  skrll 		  /* Got the register, now figure out where
   2341  1.1  skrll 		     it goes in the opcode.  */
   2342  1.1  skrll 		  switch (*args)
   2343  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2344  1.1  skrll 		    case '1':
   2345  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask << 14;
   2346  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2347  1.1  skrll 
   2348  1.1  skrll 		    case '2':
   2349  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask;
   2350  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2351  1.1  skrll 
   2352  1.1  skrll 		    case 'd':
   2353  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= mask << 25;
   2354  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2355  1.1  skrll 
   2356  1.1  skrll 		    case 'r':
   2357  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= (mask << 25) | (mask << 14);
   2358  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2359  1.1  skrll 
   2360  1.1  skrll 		    case 'O':
   2361  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= (mask << 25) | (mask << 0);
   2362  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2363  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2364  1.1  skrll 		}
   2365  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2366  1.2  joerg 
   2367  1.2  joerg 	    case 'e':		/* next operand is a floating point register */
   2368  1.2  joerg 	    case 'v':
   2369  1.1  skrll 	    case 'V':
   2370  1.1  skrll 
   2371  1.1  skrll 	    case 'f':
   2372  1.2  joerg 	    case 'B':
   2373  1.1  skrll 	    case 'R':
   2374  1.1  skrll 
   2375  1.1  skrll 	    case '4':
   2376  1.1  skrll 	    case '5':
   2377  1.1  skrll 
   2378  1.1  skrll 	    case 'g':
   2379  1.1  skrll 	    case 'H':
   2380  1.1  skrll 	    case 'J':
   2381  1.1  skrll 	    case '}':
   2382  1.1  skrll 	      {
   2383  1.1  skrll 		char format;
   2384  1.1  skrll 
   2385  1.1  skrll 		if (*s++ == '%'
   2386  1.1  skrll 		    && ((format = *s) == 'f')
   2387  1.2  joerg 		    && ISDIGIT (*++s))
   2388  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2389  1.1  skrll 		    for (mask = 0; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
   2390  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2391  1.1  skrll 			mask = 10 * mask + (*s - '0');
   2392  1.1  skrll 		      }		/* read the number */
   2393  1.1  skrll 
   2394  1.1  skrll 		    if ((*args == 'v'
   2395  1.1  skrll 			 || *args == 'B'
   2396  1.1  skrll 			 || *args == '5'
   2397  1.1  skrll 			 || *args == 'H')
   2398  1.1  skrll 			&& (mask & 1))
   2399  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2400  1.1  skrll 			break;
   2401  1.1  skrll 		      }		/* register must be even numbered */
   2402  1.1  skrll 
   2403  1.1  skrll 		    if ((*args == 'V'
   2404  1.1  skrll 			 || *args == 'R'
   2405  1.1  skrll 			 || *args == 'J')
   2406  1.1  skrll 			&& (mask & 3))
   2407  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2408  1.1  skrll 			break;
   2409  1.1  skrll 		      }		/* register must be multiple of 4 */
   2410  1.1  skrll 
   2411  1.1  skrll 		    if (mask >= 64)
   2412  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2413  1.1  skrll 			if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   2414  1.1  skrll 			  error_message = _(": There are only 64 f registers; [0-63]");
   2415  1.1  skrll 			else
   2416  1.1  skrll 			  error_message = _(": There are only 32 f registers; [0-31]");
   2417  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   2418  1.1  skrll 		      }	/* on error */
   2419  1.1  skrll 		    else if (mask >= 32)
   2420  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2421  1.1  skrll 			if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   2422  1.1  skrll 			  {
   2423  1.1  skrll 			    if (*args == 'e' || *args == 'f' || *args == 'g')
   2424  1.1  skrll 			      {
   2425  1.1  skrll 				error_message
   2426  1.1  skrll 				  = _(": There are only 32 single precision f registers; [0-31]");
   2427  1.1  skrll 				goto error;
   2428  1.1  skrll 			      }
   2429  1.1  skrll 			    v9_arg_p = 1;
   2430  1.1  skrll 			    mask -= 31;	/* wrap high bit */
   2431  1.1  skrll 			  }
   2432  1.1  skrll 			else
   2433  1.1  skrll 			  {
   2434  1.1  skrll 			    error_message = _(": There are only 32 f registers; [0-31]");
   2435  1.2  joerg 			    goto error;
   2436  1.2  joerg 			  }
   2437  1.2  joerg 		      }
   2438  1.2  joerg 		  }
   2439  1.2  joerg 		else
   2440  1.2  joerg 		  {
   2441  1.2  joerg 		    break;
   2442  1.1  skrll 		  }	/* if not an 'f' register.  */
   2443  1.1  skrll 
   2444  1.1  skrll 		if (*args == '}' && mask != RS2 (opcode))
   2445  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2446  1.1  skrll 		    error_message
   2447  1.1  skrll 		      = _(": Instruction requires frs2 and frsd must be the same register");
   2448  1.1  skrll 		    goto error;
   2449  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2450  1.1  skrll 
   2451  1.1  skrll 		switch (*args)
   2452  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2453  1.1  skrll 		  case 'v':
   2454  1.1  skrll 		  case 'V':
   2455  1.1  skrll 		  case 'e':
   2456  1.2  joerg 		    opcode |= RS1 (mask);
   2457  1.2  joerg 		    continue;
   2458  1.2  joerg 
   2459  1.2  joerg 		  case 'f':
   2460  1.2  joerg 		  case 'B':
   2461  1.1  skrll 		  case 'R':
   2462  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= RS2 (mask);
   2463  1.1  skrll 		    continue;
   2464  1.2  joerg 
   2465  1.1  skrll 		  case '4':
   2466  1.1  skrll 		  case '5':
   2467  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= RS3 (mask);
   2468  1.1  skrll 		    continue;
   2469  1.1  skrll 
   2470  1.1  skrll 		  case 'g':
   2471  1.1  skrll 		  case 'H':
   2472  1.1  skrll 		  case 'J':
   2473  1.1  skrll 		  case '}':
   2474  1.1  skrll 		    opcode |= RD (mask);
   2475  1.1  skrll 		    continue;
   2476  1.1  skrll 		  }		/* Pack it in.  */
   2477  1.1  skrll 
   2478  1.1  skrll 		know (0);
   2479  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2480  1.1  skrll 	      }			/* float arg  */
   2481  1.2  joerg 
   2482  1.2  joerg 	    case 'F':
   2483  1.2  joerg 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fsr", 4) == 0)
   2484  1.2  joerg 		{
   2485  1.2  joerg 		  s += 4;
   2486  1.2  joerg 		  continue;
   2487  1.2  joerg 		}
   2488  1.2  joerg 	      break;
   2489  1.1  skrll 
   2490  1.1  skrll 	    case '(':
   2491  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%efsr", 5) == 0)
   2492  1.1  skrll 		{
   2493  1.1  skrll 		  s += 5;
   2494  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2495  1.1  skrll 		}
   2496  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2497  1.1  skrll 
   2498  1.1  skrll 	    case '0':		/* 64 bit immediate (set, setsw, setx insn)  */
   2499  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE; /* reloc handled elsewhere  */
   2500  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   2501  1.1  skrll 
   2502  1.1  skrll 	    case 'l':		/* 22 bit PC relative immediate  */
   2503  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22;
   2504  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
   2505  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   2506  1.1  skrll 
   2507  1.1  skrll 	    case 'L':		/* 30 bit immediate  */
   2508  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2;
   2509  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
   2510  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   2511  1.1  skrll 
   2512  1.1  skrll 	    case 'h':
   2513  1.1  skrll 	    case 'n':		/* 22 bit immediate  */
   2514  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC22;
   2515  1.1  skrll 	      goto immediate;
   2516  1.1  skrll 
   2517  1.1  skrll 	    case 'i':		/* 13 bit immediate  */
   2518  1.1  skrll 	      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC13;
   2519  1.1  skrll 
   2520  1.1  skrll 	      /* fallthrough */
   2521  1.1  skrll 
   2522  1.1  skrll 	    immediate:
   2523  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s == ' ')
   2524  1.1  skrll 		s++;
   2525  1.1  skrll 
   2526  1.1  skrll 	      {
   2527  1.1  skrll 		char *s1;
   2528  1.1  skrll 		char *op_arg = NULL;
   2529  1.1  skrll 		static expressionS op_exp;
   2530  1.1  skrll 		bfd_reloc_code_real_type old_reloc = the_insn.reloc;
   2531  1.1  skrll 
   2532  1.1  skrll 		/* Check for %hi, etc.  */
   2533  1.1  skrll 		if (*s == '%')
   2534  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2535  1.1  skrll 		    static const struct ops {
   2536  1.1  skrll 		      /* The name as it appears in assembler.  */
   2537  1.1  skrll 		      char *name;
   2538  1.1  skrll 		      /* strlen (name), precomputed for speed */
   2539  1.1  skrll 		      int len;
   2540  1.1  skrll 		      /* The reloc this pseudo-op translates to.  */
   2541  1.1  skrll 		      int reloc;
   2542  1.1  skrll 		      /* Non-zero if for v9 only.  */
   2543  1.1  skrll 		      int v9_p;
   2544  1.1  skrll 		      /* Non-zero if can be used in pc-relative contexts.  */
   2545  1.1  skrll 		      int pcrel_p;/*FIXME:wip*/
   2546  1.1  skrll 		    } ops[] = {
   2547  1.1  skrll 		      /* hix/lox must appear before hi/lo so %hix won't be
   2548  1.1  skrll 			 mistaken for %hi.  */
   2549  1.2  joerg 		      { "hix", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22, 1, 0 },
   2550  1.2  joerg 		      { "lox", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10, 1, 0 },
   2551  1.1  skrll 		      { "hi", 2, BFD_RELOC_HI22, 0, 1 },
   2552  1.1  skrll 		      { "lo", 2, BFD_RELOC_LO10, 0, 1 },
   2553  1.1  skrll 		      { "pc22", 4, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22, 0, 1 },
   2554  1.1  skrll 		      { "pc10", 4, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10, 0, 1 },
   2555  1.1  skrll 		      { "hh", 2, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22, 1, 1 },
   2556  1.1  skrll 		      { "hm", 2, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10, 1, 1 },
   2557  1.1  skrll 		      { "lm", 2, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22, 1, 1 },
   2558  1.1  skrll 		      { "h34", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34, 1, 0 },
   2559  1.1  skrll 		      { "l34", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44, 1, 0 },
   2560  1.1  skrll 		      { "h44", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44, 1, 0 },
   2561  1.1  skrll 		      { "m44", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44, 1, 0 },
   2562  1.1  skrll 		      { "l44", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44, 1, 0 },
   2563  1.1  skrll 		      { "uhi", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22, 1, 0 },
   2564  1.1  skrll 		      { "ulo", 3, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10, 1, 0 },
   2565  1.1  skrll 		      { "tgd_hi22", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22, 0, 0 },
   2566  1.1  skrll 		      { "tgd_lo10", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10, 0, 0 },
   2567  1.1  skrll 		      { "tldm_hi22", 9, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22, 0, 0 },
   2568  1.1  skrll 		      { "tldm_lo10", 9, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10, 0, 0 },
   2569  1.1  skrll 		      { "tldo_hix22", 10, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22, 0,
   2570  1.1  skrll 									 0 },
   2571  1.1  skrll 		      { "tldo_lox10", 10, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10, 0,
   2572  1.1  skrll 									 0 },
   2573  1.1  skrll 		      { "tie_hi22", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22, 0, 0 },
   2574  1.1  skrll 		      { "tie_lo10", 8, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10, 0, 0 },
   2575  1.1  skrll 		      { "tle_hix22", 9, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22, 0, 0 },
   2576  1.1  skrll 		      { "tle_lox10", 9, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10, 0, 0 },
   2577  1.1  skrll 		      { "gdop_hix22", 10, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22,
   2578  1.1  skrll 			0, 0 },
   2579  1.1  skrll 		      { "gdop_lox10", 10, BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10,
   2580  1.1  skrll 			0, 0 },
   2581  1.1  skrll 		      { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
   2582  1.1  skrll 		    };
   2583  1.1  skrll 		    const struct ops *o;
   2584  1.1  skrll 
   2585  1.1  skrll 		    for (o = ops; o->name; o++)
   2586  1.1  skrll 		      if (strncmp (s + 1, o->name, o->len) == 0)
   2587  1.1  skrll 			break;
   2588  1.1  skrll 		    if (o->name == NULL)
   2589  1.1  skrll 		      break;
   2590  1.1  skrll 
   2591  1.1  skrll 		    if (s[o->len + 1] != '(')
   2592  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2593  1.1  skrll 			as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s requires arguments in ()"), o->name);
   2594  1.1  skrll 			return special_case;
   2595  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2596  1.1  skrll 
   2597  1.1  skrll 		    op_arg = o->name;
   2598  1.1  skrll 		    the_insn.reloc = o->reloc;
   2599  1.1  skrll 		    s += o->len + 2;
   2600  1.1  skrll 		    v9_arg_p = o->v9_p;
   2601  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2602  1.1  skrll 
   2603  1.1  skrll 		/* Note that if the get_expression() fails, we will still
   2604  1.1  skrll 		   have created U entries in the symbol table for the
   2605  1.1  skrll 		   'symbols' in the input string.  Try not to create U
   2606  1.1  skrll 		   symbols for registers, etc.  */
   2607  1.1  skrll 
   2608  1.1  skrll 		/* This stuff checks to see if the expression ends in
   2609  1.1  skrll 		   +%reg.  If it does, it removes the register from
   2610  1.1  skrll 		   the expression, and re-sets 's' to point to the
   2611  1.1  skrll 		   right place.  */
   2612  1.1  skrll 
   2613  1.1  skrll 		if (op_arg)
   2614  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2615  1.1  skrll 		    int npar = 0;
   2616  1.1  skrll 
   2617  1.1  skrll 		    for (s1 = s; *s1 && *s1 != ',' && *s1 != ']'; s1++)
   2618  1.1  skrll 		      if (*s1 == '(')
   2619  1.1  skrll 			npar++;
   2620  1.1  skrll 		      else if (*s1 == ')')
   2621  1.1  skrll 			{
   2622  1.1  skrll 			  if (!npar)
   2623  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2624  1.1  skrll 			  npar--;
   2625  1.1  skrll 			}
   2626  1.1  skrll 
   2627  1.1  skrll 		    if (*s1 != ')')
   2628  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2629  1.1  skrll 			as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%%s requires arguments in ()"), op_arg);
   2630  1.1  skrll 			return special_case;
   2631  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2632  1.1  skrll 
   2633  1.1  skrll 		    *s1 = '\0';
   2634  1.1  skrll 		    (void) get_expression (s);
   2635  1.1  skrll 		    *s1 = ')';
   2636  1.1  skrll 		    s = s1 + 1;
   2637  1.1  skrll 		    if (*s == ',' || *s == ']' || !*s)
   2638  1.1  skrll 		      continue;
   2639  1.1  skrll 		    if (*s != '+' && *s != '-')
   2640  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2641  1.1  skrll 			as_bad (_("Illegal operands: Can't do arithmetics other than + and - involving %%%s()"), op_arg);
   2642  1.1  skrll 			return special_case;
   2643  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2644  1.1  skrll 		    *s1 = '0';
   2645  1.1  skrll 		    s = s1;
   2646  1.1  skrll 		    op_exp = the_insn.exp;
   2647  1.1  skrll 		    memset (&the_insn.exp, 0, sizeof (the_insn.exp));
   2648  1.2  joerg 		  }
   2649  1.1  skrll 
   2650  1.2  joerg 		for (s1 = s; *s1 && *s1 != ',' && *s1 != ']'; s1++)
   2651  1.2  joerg 		  ;
   2652  1.1  skrll 
   2653  1.1  skrll 		if (s1 != s && ISDIGIT (s1[-1]))
   2654  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2655  1.1  skrll 		    if (s1[-2] == '%' && s1[-3] == '+')
   2656  1.1  skrll 		      s1 -= 3;
   2657  1.1  skrll 		    else if (strchr ("golir0123456789", s1[-2]) && s1[-3] == '%' && s1[-4] == '+')
   2658  1.1  skrll 		      s1 -= 4;
   2659  1.1  skrll 		    else if (s1[-3] == 'r' && s1[-4] == '%' && s1[-5] == '+')
   2660  1.1  skrll 		      s1 -= 5;
   2661  1.1  skrll 		    else
   2662  1.1  skrll 		      s1 = NULL;
   2663  1.1  skrll 		    if (s1)
   2664  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2665  1.1  skrll 			*s1 = '\0';
   2666  1.1  skrll 			if (op_arg && s1 == s + 1)
   2667  1.1  skrll 			  the_insn.exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2668  1.1  skrll 			else
   2669  1.1  skrll 			  (void) get_expression (s);
   2670  1.1  skrll 			*s1 = '+';
   2671  1.1  skrll 			if (op_arg)
   2672  1.1  skrll 			  *s = ')';
   2673  1.1  skrll 			s = s1;
   2674  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2675  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2676  1.1  skrll 		else
   2677  1.1  skrll 		  s1 = NULL;
   2678  1.1  skrll 
   2679  1.1  skrll 		if (!s1)
   2680  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2681  1.1  skrll 		    (void) get_expression (s);
   2682  1.1  skrll 		    if (op_arg)
   2683  1.1  skrll 		      *s = ')';
   2684  1.1  skrll 		    s = expr_end;
   2685  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2686  1.1  skrll 
   2687  1.1  skrll 		if (op_arg)
   2688  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2689  1.1  skrll 		    the_insn.exp2 = the_insn.exp;
   2690  1.1  skrll 		    the_insn.exp = op_exp;
   2691  1.1  skrll 		    if (the_insn.exp2.X_op == O_absent)
   2692  1.1  skrll 		      the_insn.exp2.X_op = O_illegal;
   2693  1.1  skrll 		    else if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_absent)
   2694  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2695  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.exp = the_insn.exp2;
   2696  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.exp2.X_op = O_illegal;
   2697  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2698  1.1  skrll 		    else if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
   2699  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2700  1.1  skrll 			valueT val = the_insn.exp.X_add_number;
   2701  1.1  skrll 			switch (the_insn.reloc)
   2702  1.1  skrll 			  {
   2703  1.1  skrll 			  default:
   2704  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2705  1.1  skrll 
   2706  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22:
   2707  1.1  skrll 			    val = BSR (val, 32);
   2708  1.1  skrll 			    /* Fall through.  */
   2709  1.1  skrll 
   2710  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22:
   2711  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
   2712  1.1  skrll 			    val = (val >> 10) & 0x3fffff;
   2713  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2714  1.2  joerg 
   2715  1.2  joerg 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10:
   2716  1.2  joerg 			    val = BSR (val, 32);
   2717  1.2  joerg 			    /* Fall through.  */
   2718  1.2  joerg 
   2719  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
   2720  1.1  skrll 			    val &= 0x3ff;
   2721  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2722  1.1  skrll 
   2723  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34:
   2724  1.1  skrll 			    val >>= 12;
   2725  1.1  skrll 			    val &= 0x3fffff;
   2726  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2727  1.1  skrll 
   2728  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44:
   2729  1.1  skrll 			    val >>= 22;
   2730  1.1  skrll 			    val &= 0x3fffff;
   2731  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2732  1.1  skrll 
   2733  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44:
   2734  1.1  skrll 			    val >>= 12;
   2735  1.1  skrll 			    val &= 0x3ff;
   2736  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2737  1.1  skrll 
   2738  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44:
   2739  1.1  skrll 			    val &= 0xfff;
   2740  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2741  1.1  skrll 
   2742  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22:
   2743  1.1  skrll 			    val = ~val;
   2744  1.1  skrll 			    val = (val >> 10) & 0x3fffff;
   2745  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2746  1.1  skrll 
   2747  1.1  skrll 			  case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10:
   2748  1.1  skrll 			    val = (val & 0x3ff) | 0x1c00;
   2749  1.1  skrll 			    break;
   2750  1.1  skrll 			  }
   2751  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.exp = the_insn.exp2;
   2752  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.exp.X_add_number += val;
   2753  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.exp2.X_op = O_illegal;
   2754  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.reloc = old_reloc;
   2755  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2756  1.1  skrll 		    else if (the_insn.exp2.X_op != O_constant)
   2757  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2758  1.1  skrll 			as_bad (_("Illegal operands: Can't add non-constant expression to %%%s()"), op_arg);
   2759  1.1  skrll 			return special_case;
   2760  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2761  1.1  skrll 		    else
   2762  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2763  1.1  skrll 			if (old_reloc != BFD_RELOC_SPARC13
   2764  1.1  skrll 			    || the_insn.reloc != BFD_RELOC_LO10
   2765  1.1  skrll 			    || sparc_arch_size != 64
   2766  1.1  skrll 			    || sparc_pic_code)
   2767  1.1  skrll 			  {
   2768  1.1  skrll 			    as_bad (_("Illegal operands: Can't do arithmetics involving %%%s() of a relocatable symbol"), op_arg);
   2769  1.1  skrll 			    return special_case;
   2770  1.1  skrll 			  }
   2771  1.1  skrll 			the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10;
   2772  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2773  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2774  1.1  skrll 	      }
   2775  1.1  skrll 	      /* Check for constants that don't require emitting a reloc.  */
   2776  1.1  skrll 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant
   2777  1.1  skrll 		  && the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol == 0
   2778  1.1  skrll 		  && the_insn.exp.X_op_symbol == 0)
   2779  1.1  skrll 		{
   2780  1.1  skrll 		  /* For pc-relative call instructions, we reject
   2781  1.1  skrll 		     constants to get better code.  */
   2782  1.1  skrll 		  if (the_insn.pcrel
   2783  1.1  skrll 		      && the_insn.reloc == BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   2784  1.1  skrll 		      && in_signed_range (the_insn.exp.X_add_number, 0x3fff))
   2785  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2786  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": PC-relative operand can't be a constant");
   2787  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2788  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2789  1.1  skrll 
   2790  1.1  skrll 		  if (the_insn.reloc >= BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22
   2791  1.1  skrll 		      && the_insn.reloc <= BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64)
   2792  1.1  skrll 		    {
   2793  1.1  skrll 		      error_message = _(": TLS operand can't be a constant");
   2794  1.1  skrll 		      goto error;
   2795  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2796  1.2  joerg 
   2797  1.2  joerg 		  /* Constants that won't fit are checked in md_apply_fix
   2798  1.2  joerg 		     and bfd_install_relocation.
   2799  1.2  joerg 		     ??? It would be preferable to install the constants
   2800  1.2  joerg 		     into the insn here and save having to create a fixS
   2801  1.2  joerg 		     for each one.  There already exists code to handle
   2802  1.2  joerg 		     all the various cases (e.g. in md_apply_fix and
   2803  1.2  joerg 		     bfd_install_relocation) so duplicating all that code
   2804  1.2  joerg 		     here isn't right.  */
   2805  1.2  joerg 
   2806  1.2  joerg 		  /* This is a special case to handle cbcond instructions
   2807  1.2  joerg 		     properly, which can need two relocations.  The first
   2808  1.2  joerg 		     one is for the 5-bit immediate field and the latter
   2809  1.2  joerg 		     is going to be for the WDISP10 branch part.  We
   2810  1.2  joerg 		     handle the R_SPARC_5 immediate directly here so that
   2811  1.2  joerg 		     we don't need to add support for multiple relocations
   2812  1.2  joerg 		     in one instruction just yet.  */
   2813  1.2  joerg 		  if (the_insn.reloc == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5)
   2814  1.2  joerg 		    {
   2815  1.2  joerg 		      valueT val = the_insn.exp.X_add_number;
   2816  1.1  skrll 
   2817  1.1  skrll 		      if (! in_bitfield_range (val, 0x1f))
   2818  1.1  skrll 			{
   2819  1.1  skrll 			  error_message = _(": Immediate value in cbcond is out of range.");
   2820  1.1  skrll 			  goto error;
   2821  1.1  skrll 			}
   2822  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= val & 0x1f;
   2823  1.1  skrll 		      the_insn.reloc = BFD_RELOC_NONE;
   2824  1.1  skrll 		    }
   2825  1.1  skrll 		}
   2826  1.1  skrll 
   2827  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2828  1.1  skrll 
   2829  1.1  skrll 	    case 'a':
   2830  1.1  skrll 	      if (*s++ == 'a')
   2831  1.1  skrll 		{
   2832  1.1  skrll 		  opcode |= ANNUL;
   2833  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2834  1.1  skrll 		}
   2835  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2836  1.1  skrll 
   2837  1.1  skrll 	    case 'A':
   2838  1.1  skrll 	      {
   2839  1.1  skrll 		int asi = 0;
   2840  1.1  skrll 
   2841  1.1  skrll 		/* Parse an asi.  */
   2842  1.1  skrll 		if (*s == '#')
   2843  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2844  1.1  skrll 		    if (! parse_keyword_arg (sparc_encode_asi, &s, &asi))
   2845  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2846  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid ASI name");
   2847  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   2848  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2849  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2850  1.1  skrll 		else
   2851  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2852  1.1  skrll 		    if (! parse_const_expr_arg (&s, &asi))
   2853  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2854  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid ASI expression");
   2855  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   2856  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2857  1.1  skrll 		    if (asi < 0 || asi > 255)
   2858  1.1  skrll 		      {
   2859  1.1  skrll 			error_message = _(": invalid ASI number");
   2860  1.1  skrll 			goto error;
   2861  1.1  skrll 		      }
   2862  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2863  1.1  skrll 		opcode |= ASI (asi);
   2864  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   2865  1.1  skrll 	      }			/* Alternate space.  */
   2866  1.1  skrll 
   2867  1.1  skrll 	    case 'p':
   2868  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%psr", 4) == 0)
   2869  1.1  skrll 		{
   2870  1.1  skrll 		  s += 4;
   2871  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2872  1.1  skrll 		}
   2873  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2874  1.1  skrll 
   2875  1.1  skrll 	    case 'q':		/* Floating point queue.  */
   2876  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fq", 3) == 0)
   2877  1.1  skrll 		{
   2878  1.1  skrll 		  s += 3;
   2879  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2880  1.1  skrll 		}
   2881  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2882  1.1  skrll 
   2883  1.1  skrll 	    case 'Q':		/* Coprocessor queue.  */
   2884  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%cq", 3) == 0)
   2885  1.1  skrll 		{
   2886  1.1  skrll 		  s += 3;
   2887  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2888  1.1  skrll 		}
   2889  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2890  1.1  skrll 
   2891  1.1  skrll 	    case 'S':
   2892  1.1  skrll 	      if (strcmp (str, "set") == 0
   2893  1.1  skrll 		  || strcmp (str, "setuw") == 0)
   2894  1.1  skrll 		{
   2895  1.1  skrll 		  special_case = SPECIAL_CASE_SET;
   2896  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2897  1.1  skrll 		}
   2898  1.1  skrll 	      else if (strcmp (str, "setsw") == 0)
   2899  1.1  skrll 		{
   2900  1.1  skrll 		  special_case = SPECIAL_CASE_SETSW;
   2901  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2902  1.1  skrll 		}
   2903  1.1  skrll 	      else if (strcmp (str, "setx") == 0)
   2904  1.1  skrll 		{
   2905  1.1  skrll 		  special_case = SPECIAL_CASE_SETX;
   2906  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2907  1.1  skrll 		}
   2908  1.1  skrll 	      else if (strncmp (str, "fdiv", 4) == 0)
   2909  1.1  skrll 		{
   2910  1.1  skrll 		  special_case = SPECIAL_CASE_FDIV;
   2911  1.1  skrll 		  continue;
   2912  1.1  skrll 		}
   2913  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   2914  1.1  skrll 
   2915  1.1  skrll 	    case 'o':
   2916  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%asi", 4) != 0)
   2917  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2918  1.2  joerg 	      s += 4;
   2919  1.2  joerg 	      continue;
   2920  1.2  joerg 
   2921  1.2  joerg 	    case 's':
   2922  1.2  joerg 	      if (strncmp (s, "%fprs", 5) != 0)
   2923  1.2  joerg 		break;
   2924  1.1  skrll 	      s += 5;
   2925  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2926  1.1  skrll 
   2927  1.1  skrll 	    case '{':
   2928  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%mcdper",7) != 0)
   2929  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2930  1.1  skrll 	      s += 7;
   2931  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2932  1.1  skrll 
   2933  1.1  skrll 	    case 'E':
   2934  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%ccr", 4) != 0)
   2935  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2936  1.1  skrll 	      s += 4;
   2937  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2938  1.1  skrll 
   2939  1.1  skrll 	    case 't':
   2940  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%tbr", 4) != 0)
   2941  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2942  1.1  skrll 	      s += 4;
   2943  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2944  1.1  skrll 
   2945  1.1  skrll 	    case 'w':
   2946  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%wim", 4) != 0)
   2947  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2948  1.1  skrll 	      s += 4;
   2949  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2950  1.1  skrll 
   2951  1.1  skrll 	    case 'x':
   2952  1.1  skrll 	      {
   2953  1.1  skrll 		char *push = input_line_pointer;
   2954  1.1  skrll 		expressionS e;
   2955  1.1  skrll 
   2956  1.1  skrll 		input_line_pointer = s;
   2957  1.1  skrll 		expression (&e);
   2958  1.1  skrll 		if (e.X_op == O_constant)
   2959  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2960  1.1  skrll 		    int n = e.X_add_number;
   2961  1.1  skrll 		    if (n != e.X_add_number || (n & ~0x1ff) != 0)
   2962  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("OPF immediate operand out of range (0-0x1ff)"));
   2963  1.1  skrll 		    else
   2964  1.1  skrll 		      opcode |= e.X_add_number << 5;
   2965  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2966  1.1  skrll 		else
   2967  1.1  skrll 		  as_bad (_("non-immediate OPF operand, ignored"));
   2968  1.1  skrll 		s = input_line_pointer;
   2969  1.1  skrll 		input_line_pointer = push;
   2970  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   2971  1.1  skrll 	      }
   2972  1.1  skrll 
   2973  1.1  skrll 	    case 'y':
   2974  1.1  skrll 	      if (strncmp (s, "%y", 2) != 0)
   2975  1.1  skrll 		break;
   2976  1.1  skrll 	      s += 2;
   2977  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   2978  1.1  skrll 
   2979  1.1  skrll 	    case 'u':
   2980  1.1  skrll 	    case 'U':
   2981  1.1  skrll 	      {
   2982  1.1  skrll 		/* Parse a sparclet cpreg.  */
   2983  1.1  skrll 		int cpreg;
   2984  1.1  skrll 		if (! parse_keyword_arg (sparc_encode_sparclet_cpreg, &s, &cpreg))
   2985  1.1  skrll 		  {
   2986  1.1  skrll 		    error_message = _(": invalid cpreg name");
   2987  1.1  skrll 		    goto error;
   2988  1.1  skrll 		  }
   2989  1.1  skrll 		opcode |= (*args == 'U' ? RS1 (cpreg) : RD (cpreg));
   2990  1.1  skrll 		continue;
   2991  1.1  skrll 	      }
   2992  1.1  skrll 
   2993  1.1  skrll 	    default:
   2994  1.1  skrll 	      as_fatal (_("failed sanity check."));
   2995  1.1  skrll 	    }			/* switch on arg code.  */
   2996  1.1  skrll 
   2997  1.1  skrll 	  /* Break out of for() loop.  */
   2998  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   2999  1.1  skrll 	}			/* For each arg that we expect.  */
   3000  1.1  skrll 
   3001  1.1  skrll     error:
   3002  1.1  skrll       if (match == 0)
   3003  1.1  skrll 	{
   3004  1.1  skrll 	  /* Args don't match.  */
   3005  1.1  skrll 	  if (&insn[1] - sparc_opcodes < sparc_num_opcodes
   3006  1.1  skrll 	      && (insn->name == insn[1].name
   3007  1.1  skrll 		  || !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)))
   3008  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3009  1.1  skrll 	      ++insn;
   3010  1.1  skrll 	      s = argsStart;
   3011  1.1  skrll 	      continue;
   3012  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3013  1.1  skrll 	  else
   3014  1.2  joerg 	    {
   3015  1.2  joerg 	      as_bad (_("Illegal operands%s"), error_message);
   3016  1.1  skrll 	      return special_case;
   3017  1.2  joerg 	    }
   3018  1.2  joerg 	}
   3019  1.2  joerg       else
   3020  1.2  joerg 	{
   3021  1.1  skrll 	  /* We have a match.  Now see if the architecture is OK.  */
   3022  1.1  skrll 	  int needed_arch_mask = insn->architecture;
   3023  1.1  skrll 	  bfd_uint64_t hwcaps
   3024  1.1  skrll 	    = (((bfd_uint64_t) insn->hwcaps2) << 32) | insn->hwcaps;
   3025  1.1  skrll 
   3026  1.1  skrll #if defined(OBJ_ELF) && !defined(TE_SOLARIS)
   3027  1.1  skrll 	  if (hwcaps)
   3028  1.1  skrll 		  hwcap_seen |= hwcaps;
   3029  1.1  skrll #endif
   3030  1.1  skrll 	  if (v9_arg_p)
   3031  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3032  1.1  skrll 	      needed_arch_mask &=
   3033  1.1  skrll 		~(SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MASK (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9) - 1);
   3034  1.1  skrll 	      if (! needed_arch_mask)
   3035  1.1  skrll 		needed_arch_mask =
   3036  1.1  skrll 		  SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MASK (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9);
   3037  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3038  1.1  skrll 
   3039  1.1  skrll 	  if (needed_arch_mask
   3040  1.1  skrll 	      & SPARC_OPCODE_SUPPORTED (current_architecture))
   3041  1.1  skrll 	    /* OK.  */
   3042  1.2  joerg 	    ;
   3043  1.1  skrll 	  /* Can we bump up the architecture?  */
   3044  1.1  skrll 	  else if (needed_arch_mask
   3045  1.1  skrll 		   & SPARC_OPCODE_SUPPORTED (max_architecture))
   3046  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3047  1.1  skrll 	      enum sparc_opcode_arch_val needed_architecture =
   3048  1.1  skrll 		sparc_ffs (SPARC_OPCODE_SUPPORTED (max_architecture)
   3049  1.1  skrll 			   & needed_arch_mask);
   3050  1.1  skrll 
   3051  1.1  skrll 	      gas_assert (needed_architecture <= SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MAX);
   3052  1.1  skrll 	      if (warn_on_bump
   3053  1.2  joerg 		  && needed_architecture > warn_after_architecture)
   3054  1.1  skrll 		{
   3055  1.1  skrll 		  as_warn (_("architecture bumped from \"%s\" to \"%s\" on \"%s\""),
   3056  1.1  skrll 			   sparc_opcode_archs[current_architecture].name,
   3057  1.1  skrll 			   sparc_opcode_archs[needed_architecture].name,
   3058  1.1  skrll 			   str);
   3059  1.1  skrll 		  warn_after_architecture = needed_architecture;
   3060  1.1  skrll 		}
   3061  1.1  skrll 	      current_architecture = needed_architecture;
   3062  1.1  skrll 	      hwcap_allowed |= hwcaps;
   3063  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3064  1.1  skrll 	  /* Conflict.  */
   3065  1.1  skrll 	  /* ??? This seems to be a bit fragile.  What if the next entry in
   3066  1.1  skrll 	     the opcode table is the one we want and it is supported?
   3067  1.1  skrll 	     It is possible to arrange the table today so that this can't
   3068  1.1  skrll 	     happen but what about tomorrow?  */
   3069  1.1  skrll 	  else
   3070  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3071  1.1  skrll 	      int arch, printed_one_p = 0;
   3072  1.1  skrll 	      char *p;
   3073  1.1  skrll 	      char required_archs[SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MAX * 16];
   3074  1.1  skrll 
   3075  1.1  skrll 	      /* Create a list of the architectures that support the insn.  */
   3076  1.1  skrll 	      needed_arch_mask &= ~SPARC_OPCODE_SUPPORTED (max_architecture);
   3077  1.1  skrll 	      p = required_archs;
   3078  1.1  skrll 	      arch = sparc_ffs (needed_arch_mask);
   3079  1.1  skrll 	      while ((1 << arch) <= needed_arch_mask)
   3080  1.1  skrll 		{
   3081  1.1  skrll 		  if ((1 << arch) & needed_arch_mask)
   3082  1.1  skrll 		    {
   3083  1.1  skrll 		      if (printed_one_p)
   3084  1.1  skrll 			*p++ = '|';
   3085  1.1  skrll 		      strcpy (p, sparc_opcode_archs[arch].name);
   3086  1.1  skrll 		      p += strlen (p);
   3087  1.1  skrll 		      printed_one_p = 1;
   3088  1.1  skrll 		    }
   3089  1.2  joerg 		  ++arch;
   3090  1.2  joerg 		}
   3091  1.2  joerg 
   3092  1.2  joerg 	      as_bad (_("Architecture mismatch on \"%s\"."), str);
   3093  1.2  joerg 	      as_tsktsk (_(" (Requires %s; requested architecture is %s.)"),
   3094  1.2  joerg 			 required_archs,
   3095  1.2  joerg 			 sparc_opcode_archs[max_architecture].name);
   3096  1.2  joerg 	      return special_case;
   3097  1.2  joerg 	    }
   3098  1.2  joerg 
   3099  1.2  joerg 	  /* Make sure the hwcaps used by the instruction are
   3100  1.1  skrll 	     currently enabled.  */
   3101  1.1  skrll 	  if (hwcaps & ~hwcap_allowed)
   3102  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3103  1.1  skrll 	      const char *hwcap_name = get_hwcap_name(hwcaps & ~hwcap_allowed);
   3104  1.1  skrll 
   3105  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("Hardware capability \"%s\" not enabled for \"%s\"."),
   3106  1.1  skrll 		      hwcap_name, str);
   3107  1.1  skrll 	      return special_case;
   3108  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3109  1.1  skrll 	} /* If no match.  */
   3110  1.1  skrll 
   3111  1.1  skrll       break;
   3112  1.1  skrll     } /* Forever looking for a match.  */
   3113  1.1  skrll 
   3114  1.1  skrll   the_insn.opcode = opcode;
   3115  1.1  skrll   return special_case;
   3116  1.1  skrll }
   3117  1.1  skrll 
   3118  1.1  skrll /* Parse an argument that can be expressed as a keyword.
   3119  1.1  skrll    (eg: #StoreStore or %ccfr).
   3120  1.1  skrll    The result is a boolean indicating success.
   3121  1.1  skrll    If successful, INPUT_POINTER is updated.  */
   3122  1.1  skrll 
   3123  1.1  skrll static int
   3124  1.1  skrll parse_keyword_arg (int (*lookup_fn) (const char *),
   3125  1.1  skrll 		   char **input_pointerP,
   3126  1.1  skrll 		   int *valueP)
   3127  1.1  skrll {
   3128  1.1  skrll   int value;
   3129  1.1  skrll   char c, *p, *q;
   3130  1.1  skrll 
   3131  1.1  skrll   p = *input_pointerP;
   3132  1.1  skrll   for (q = p + (*p == '#' || *p == '%');
   3133  1.1  skrll        ISALNUM (*q) || *q == '_';
   3134  1.1  skrll        ++q)
   3135  1.1  skrll     continue;
   3136  1.1  skrll   c = *q;
   3137  1.1  skrll   *q = 0;
   3138  1.1  skrll   value = (*lookup_fn) (p);
   3139  1.1  skrll   *q = c;
   3140  1.1  skrll   if (value == -1)
   3141  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   3142  1.1  skrll   *valueP = value;
   3143  1.1  skrll   *input_pointerP = q;
   3144  1.1  skrll   return 1;
   3145  1.1  skrll }
   3146  1.1  skrll 
   3147  1.1  skrll /* Parse an argument that is a constant expression.
   3148  1.1  skrll    The result is a boolean indicating success.  */
   3149  1.1  skrll 
   3150  1.1  skrll static int
   3151  1.1  skrll parse_const_expr_arg (char **input_pointerP, int *valueP)
   3152  1.1  skrll {
   3153  1.1  skrll   char *save = input_line_pointer;
   3154  1.1  skrll   expressionS exp;
   3155  1.1  skrll 
   3156  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer = *input_pointerP;
   3157  1.1  skrll   /* The next expression may be something other than a constant
   3158  1.1  skrll      (say if we're not processing the right variant of the insn).
   3159  1.1  skrll      Don't call expression unless we're sure it will succeed as it will
   3160  1.1  skrll      signal an error (which we want to defer until later).  */
   3161  1.1  skrll   /* FIXME: It might be better to define md_operand and have it recognize
   3162  1.1  skrll      things like %asi, etc. but continuing that route through to the end
   3163  1.1  skrll      is a lot of work.  */
   3164  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '%')
   3165  1.1  skrll     {
   3166  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer = save;
   3167  1.1  skrll       return 0;
   3168  1.1  skrll     }
   3169  1.1  skrll   expression (&exp);
   3170  1.1  skrll   *input_pointerP = input_line_pointer;
   3171  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer = save;
   3172  1.1  skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_constant)
   3173  1.1  skrll     return 0;
   3174  1.1  skrll   *valueP = exp.X_add_number;
   3175  1.1  skrll   return 1;
   3176  1.1  skrll }
   3177  1.1  skrll 
   3178  1.1  skrll /* Subroutine of sparc_ip to parse an expression.  */
   3179  1.1  skrll 
   3180  1.1  skrll static int
   3181  1.1  skrll get_expression (char *str)
   3182  1.1  skrll {
   3183  1.1  skrll   char *save_in;
   3184  1.1  skrll   segT seg;
   3185  1.1  skrll 
   3186  1.1  skrll   save_in = input_line_pointer;
   3187  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer = str;
   3188  1.1  skrll   seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
   3189  1.1  skrll   if (seg != absolute_section
   3190  1.1  skrll       && seg != text_section
   3191  1.1  skrll       && seg != data_section
   3192  1.1  skrll       && seg != bss_section
   3193  1.1  skrll       && seg != undefined_section)
   3194  1.1  skrll     {
   3195  1.1  skrll       the_insn.error = _("bad segment");
   3196  1.1  skrll       expr_end = input_line_pointer;
   3197  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer = save_in;
   3198  1.1  skrll       return 1;
   3199  1.2  joerg     }
   3200  1.1  skrll   expr_end = input_line_pointer;
   3201  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer = save_in;
   3202  1.1  skrll   return 0;
   3203  1.1  skrll }
   3204  1.1  skrll 
   3205  1.2  joerg /* Subroutine of md_assemble to output one insn.  */
   3206  1.1  skrll 
   3207  1.2  joerg static void
   3208  1.1  skrll output_insn (const struct sparc_opcode *insn, struct sparc_it *theinsn)
   3209  1.1  skrll {
   3210  1.2  joerg   char *toP = frag_more (4);
   3211  1.1  skrll 
   3212  1.1  skrll   /* Put out the opcode.  */
   3213  1.1  skrll   if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3214  1.1  skrll     number_to_chars_bigendian (toP, (valueT) theinsn->opcode, 4);
   3215  1.2  joerg   else
   3216  1.2  joerg     number_to_chars_littleendian (toP, (valueT) theinsn->opcode, 4);
   3217  1.2  joerg 
   3218  1.1  skrll   /* Put out the symbol-dependent stuff.  */
   3219  1.1  skrll   if (theinsn->reloc != BFD_RELOC_NONE)
   3220  1.1  skrll     {
   3221  1.1  skrll       fixS *fixP =  fix_new_exp (frag_now,	/* Which frag.  */
   3222  1.1  skrll 				 (toP - frag_now->fr_literal),	/* Where.  */
   3223  1.2  joerg 				 4,		/* Size.  */
   3224  1.2  joerg 				 &theinsn->exp,
   3225  1.1  skrll 				 theinsn->pcrel,
   3226  1.1  skrll 				 theinsn->reloc);
   3227  1.1  skrll       /* Turn off overflow checking in fixup_segment.  We'll do our
   3228  1.2  joerg 	 own overflow checking in md_apply_fix.  This is necessary because
   3229  1.1  skrll 	 the insn size is 4 and fixup_segment will signal an overflow for
   3230  1.1  skrll 	 large 8 byte quantities.  */
   3231  1.1  skrll       fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   3232  1.1  skrll       if (theinsn->reloc == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10)
   3233  1.1  skrll 	fixP->tc_fix_data = theinsn->exp2.X_add_number;
   3234  1.1  skrll     }
   3235  1.1  skrll 
   3236  1.1  skrll   last_insn = insn;
   3237  1.1  skrll   last_opcode = theinsn->opcode;
   3238  1.1  skrll 
   3239  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3240  1.1  skrll   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   3241  1.1  skrll #endif
   3242  1.1  skrll }
   3243  1.1  skrll 
   3244  1.1  skrll char *
   3246  1.1  skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   3247  1.1  skrll {
   3248  1.1  skrll   return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
   3249  1.1  skrll }
   3250  1.1  skrll 
   3251  1.1  skrll /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
   3252  1.1  skrll    endianness.  */
   3253  1.1  skrll 
   3254  1.1  skrll void
   3255  1.1  skrll md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
   3256  1.1  skrll {
   3257  1.1  skrll   if (target_big_endian)
   3258  1.1  skrll     number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
   3259  1.1  skrll   else if (target_little_endian_data
   3260  1.1  skrll 	   && ((n == 4 || n == 2) && ~now_seg->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
   3261  1.1  skrll     /* Output debug words, which are not in allocated sections, as big
   3262  1.1  skrll        endian.  */
   3263  1.1  skrll     number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
   3264  1.1  skrll   else if (target_little_endian_data || ! target_big_endian)
   3265  1.1  skrll     number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
   3266  1.1  skrll }
   3267  1.1  skrll 
   3268  1.2  joerg /* Apply a fixS to the frags, now that we know the value it ought to
   3270  1.1  skrll    hold.  */
   3271  1.1  skrll 
   3272  1.1  skrll void
   3273  1.1  skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3274  1.1  skrll {
   3275  1.1  skrll   char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
   3276  1.1  skrll   offsetT val = * (offsetT *) valP;
   3277  1.1  skrll   long insn;
   3278  1.1  skrll 
   3279  1.1  skrll   gas_assert (fixP->fx_r_type < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   3280  1.1  skrll 
   3281  1.1  skrll   fixP->fx_addnumber = val;	/* Remember value for emit_reloc.  */
   3282  1.1  skrll 
   3283  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3284  1.1  skrll   /* SPARC ELF relocations don't use an addend in the data field.  */
   3285  1.1  skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL)
   3286  1.1  skrll     {
   3287  1.1  skrll       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   3288  1.1  skrll 	{
   3289  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3290  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3291  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   3292  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   3293  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   3294  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   3295  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
   3296  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   3297  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
   3298  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
   3299  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
   3300  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3301  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   3302  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
   3303  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
   3304  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
   3305  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   3306  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   3307  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
   3308  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64:
   3309  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3310  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
   3311  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32:
   3312  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64:
   3313  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3314  1.1  skrll 
   3315  1.1  skrll 	default:
   3316  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3317  1.1  skrll 	}
   3318  1.1  skrll 
   3319  1.1  skrll       return;
   3320  1.1  skrll     }
   3321  1.1  skrll #endif
   3322  1.1  skrll 
   3323  1.1  skrll   /* This is a hack.  There should be a better way to
   3324  1.1  skrll      handle this.  Probably in terms of howto fields, once
   3325  1.1  skrll      we can look at these fixups in terms of howtos.  */
   3326  1.1  skrll   if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2 && fixP->fx_addsy)
   3327  1.1  skrll     val += fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   3328  1.1  skrll 
   3329  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   3330  1.1  skrll   /* FIXME: More ridiculous gas reloc hacking.  If we are going to
   3331  1.1  skrll      generate a reloc, then we just want to let the reloc addend set
   3332  1.1  skrll      the value.  We do not want to also stuff the addend into the
   3333  1.1  skrll      object file.  Including the addend in the object file works when
   3334  1.1  skrll      doing a static link, because the linker will ignore the object
   3335  1.1  skrll      file contents.  However, the dynamic linker does not ignore the
   3336  1.1  skrll      object file contents.  */
   3337  1.1  skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
   3338  1.1  skrll       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2)
   3339  1.1  skrll     val = 0;
   3340  1.1  skrll 
   3341  1.1  skrll   /* When generating PIC code, we do not want an addend for a reloc
   3342  1.1  skrll      against a local symbol.  We adjust fx_addnumber to cancel out the
   3343  1.1  skrll      value already included in val, and to also cancel out the
   3344  1.1  skrll      adjustment which bfd_install_relocation will create.  */
   3345  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_pic_code
   3346  1.1  skrll       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   3347  1.1  skrll       && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
   3348  1.1  skrll       && ! S_IS_COMMON (fixP->fx_addsy)
   3349  1.1  skrll       && symbol_section_p (fixP->fx_addsy))
   3350  1.1  skrll     fixP->fx_addnumber -= 2 * S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3351  1.1  skrll 
   3352  1.1  skrll   /* When generating PIC code, we need to fiddle to get
   3353  1.1  skrll      bfd_install_relocation to do the right thing for a PC relative
   3354  1.1  skrll      reloc against a local symbol which we are going to keep.  */
   3355  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_pic_code
   3356  1.1  skrll       && fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   3357  1.1  skrll       && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
   3358  1.1  skrll       && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
   3359  1.2  joerg 	  || S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
   3360  1.2  joerg       && S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
   3361  1.2  joerg       && ! S_IS_COMMON (fixP->fx_addsy))
   3362  1.2  joerg     {
   3363  1.2  joerg       val = 0;
   3364  1.2  joerg       fixP->fx_addnumber -= 2 * S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3365  1.1  skrll     }
   3366  1.1  skrll #endif
   3367  1.1  skrll 
   3368  1.1  skrll   /* If this is a data relocation, just output VAL.  */
   3369  1.1  skrll 
   3370  1.1  skrll   if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_8)
   3371  1.1  skrll     {
   3372  1.1  skrll       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, 1);
   3373  1.1  skrll     }
   3374  1.1  skrll   else if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_16
   3375  1.1  skrll 	   || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16)
   3376  1.1  skrll     {
   3377  1.1  skrll       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, 2);
   3378  1.1  skrll     }
   3379  1.1  skrll   else if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32
   3380  1.1  skrll 	   || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32
   3381  1.1  skrll 	   || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32)
   3382  1.1  skrll     {
   3383  1.1  skrll       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, 4);
   3384  1.1  skrll     }
   3385  1.1  skrll   else if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_64
   3386  1.1  skrll 	   || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64)
   3387  1.1  skrll     {
   3388  1.1  skrll       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, 8);
   3389  1.1  skrll     }
   3390  1.1  skrll   else if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
   3391  1.1  skrll            || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY)
   3392  1.1  skrll     {
   3393  1.1  skrll       fixP->fx_done = 0;
   3394  1.1  skrll       return;
   3395  1.1  skrll     }
   3396  1.1  skrll   else
   3397  1.1  skrll     {
   3398  1.1  skrll       /* It's a relocation against an instruction.  */
   3399  1.1  skrll 
   3400  1.1  skrll       if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3401  1.1  skrll 	insn = bfd_getb32 ((unsigned char *) buf);
   3402  1.1  skrll       else
   3403  1.1  skrll 	insn = bfd_getl32 ((unsigned char *) buf);
   3404  1.1  skrll 
   3405  1.1  skrll       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   3406  1.1  skrll 	{
   3407  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2:
   3408  1.1  skrll 	  val = val >> 2;
   3409  1.1  skrll 	  /* FIXME: This increment-by-one deserves a comment of why it's
   3410  1.1  skrll 	     being done!  */
   3411  1.1  skrll 	  if (! sparc_pic_code
   3412  1.1  skrll 	      || fixP->fx_addsy == NULL
   3413  1.1  skrll 	      || symbol_section_p (fixP->fx_addsy))
   3414  1.1  skrll 	    ++val;
   3415  1.1  skrll 
   3416  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= val & 0x3fffffff;
   3417  1.1  skrll 
   3418  1.1  skrll 	  /* See if we have a delay slot.  */
   3419  1.1  skrll 	  if (sparc_relax && fixP->fx_where + 8 <= fixP->fx_frag->fr_fix)
   3420  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3421  1.1  skrll #define G0		0
   3422  1.1  skrll #define O7		15
   3423  1.1  skrll #define XCC		(2 << 20)
   3424  1.1  skrll #define COND(x)		(((x)&0xf)<<25)
   3425  1.1  skrll #define CONDA		COND(0x8)
   3426  1.1  skrll #define INSN_BPA	(F2(0,1) | CONDA | BPRED | XCC)
   3427  1.1  skrll #define INSN_BA		(F2(0,2) | CONDA)
   3428  1.1  skrll #define INSN_OR		F3(2, 0x2, 0)
   3429  1.1  skrll #define INSN_NOP	F2(0,4)
   3430  1.1  skrll 
   3431  1.1  skrll 	      long delay;
   3432  1.1  skrll 
   3433  1.1  skrll 	      /* If the instruction is a call with either:
   3434  1.1  skrll 		 restore
   3435  1.1  skrll 		 arithmetic instruction with rd == %o7
   3436  1.1  skrll 		 where rs1 != %o7 and rs2 if it is register != %o7
   3437  1.1  skrll 		 then we can optimize if the call destination is near
   3438  1.1  skrll 		 by changing the call into a branch always.  */
   3439  1.1  skrll 	      if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3440  1.1  skrll 		delay = bfd_getb32 ((unsigned char *) buf + 4);
   3441  1.1  skrll 	      else
   3442  1.1  skrll 		delay = bfd_getl32 ((unsigned char *) buf + 4);
   3443  1.1  skrll 	      if ((insn & OP (~0)) != OP (1) || (delay & OP (~0)) != OP (2))
   3444  1.1  skrll 		break;
   3445  1.1  skrll 	      if ((delay & OP3 (~0)) != OP3 (0x3d) /* Restore.  */
   3446  1.1  skrll 		  && ((delay & OP3 (0x28)) != 0 /* Arithmetic.  */
   3447  1.1  skrll 		      || ((delay & RD (~0)) != RD (O7))))
   3448  1.1  skrll 		break;
   3449  1.1  skrll 	      if ((delay & RS1 (~0)) == RS1 (O7)
   3450  1.1  skrll 		  || ((delay & F3I (~0)) == 0
   3451  1.1  skrll 		      && (delay & RS2 (~0)) == RS2 (O7)))
   3452  1.1  skrll 		break;
   3453  1.1  skrll 	      /* Ensure the branch will fit into simm22.  */
   3454  1.1  skrll 	      if ((val & 0x3fe00000)
   3455  1.1  skrll 		  && (val & 0x3fe00000) != 0x3fe00000)
   3456  1.1  skrll 		break;
   3457  1.1  skrll 	      /* Check if the arch is v9 and branch will fit
   3458  1.1  skrll 		 into simm19.  */
   3459  1.1  skrll 	      if (((val & 0x3c0000) == 0
   3460  1.1  skrll 		   || (val & 0x3c0000) == 0x3c0000)
   3461  1.1  skrll 		  && (sparc_arch_size == 64
   3462  1.1  skrll 		      || current_architecture >= SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9))
   3463  1.1  skrll 		/* ba,pt %xcc  */
   3464  1.1  skrll 		insn = INSN_BPA | (val & 0x7ffff);
   3465  1.1  skrll 	      else
   3466  1.1  skrll 		/* ba  */
   3467  1.1  skrll 		insn = INSN_BA | (val & 0x3fffff);
   3468  1.1  skrll 	      if (fixP->fx_where >= 4
   3469  1.1  skrll 		  && ((delay & (0xffffffff ^ RS1 (~0)))
   3470  1.1  skrll 		      == (INSN_OR | RD (O7) | RS2 (G0))))
   3471  1.1  skrll 		{
   3472  1.1  skrll 		  long setter;
   3473  1.1  skrll 		  int reg;
   3474  1.1  skrll 
   3475  1.1  skrll 		  if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3476  1.1  skrll 		    setter = bfd_getb32 ((unsigned char *) buf - 4);
   3477  1.1  skrll 		  else
   3478  1.1  skrll 		    setter = bfd_getl32 ((unsigned char *) buf - 4);
   3479  1.1  skrll 		  if ((setter & (0xffffffff ^ RD (~0)))
   3480  1.1  skrll 		      != (INSN_OR | RS1 (O7) | RS2 (G0)))
   3481  1.1  skrll 		    break;
   3482  1.1  skrll 		  /* The sequence was
   3483  1.1  skrll 		     or %o7, %g0, %rN
   3484  1.1  skrll 		     call foo
   3485  1.1  skrll 		     or %rN, %g0, %o7
   3486  1.1  skrll 
   3487  1.1  skrll 		     If call foo was replaced with ba, replace
   3488  1.1  skrll 		     or %rN, %g0, %o7 with nop.  */
   3489  1.1  skrll 		  reg = (delay & RS1 (~0)) >> 14;
   3490  1.1  skrll 		  if (reg != ((setter & RD (~0)) >> 25)
   3491  1.1  skrll 		      || reg == G0 || reg == O7)
   3492  1.1  skrll 		    break;
   3493  1.1  skrll 
   3494  1.1  skrll 		  if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3495  1.1  skrll 		    bfd_putb32 (INSN_NOP, (unsigned char *) buf + 4);
   3496  1.1  skrll 		  else
   3497  1.1  skrll 		    bfd_putl32 (INSN_NOP, (unsigned char *) buf + 4);
   3498  1.1  skrll 		}
   3499  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3500  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3501  1.1  skrll 
   3502  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11:
   3503  1.1  skrll 	  if (! in_signed_range (val, 0x7ff))
   3504  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3505  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3506  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= val & 0x7ff;
   3507  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3508  1.1  skrll 
   3509  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10:
   3510  1.1  skrll 	  if (! in_signed_range (val, 0x3ff))
   3511  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3512  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3513  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= val & 0x3ff;
   3514  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3515  1.1  skrll 
   3516  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7:
   3517  1.1  skrll 	  if (! in_bitfield_range (val, 0x7f))
   3518  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3519  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3520  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= val & 0x7f;
   3521  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3522  1.1  skrll 
   3523  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6:
   3524  1.1  skrll 	  if (! in_bitfield_range (val, 0x3f))
   3525  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3526  1.2  joerg 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3527  1.2  joerg 	  insn |= val & 0x3f;
   3528  1.2  joerg 	  break;
   3529  1.2  joerg 
   3530  1.2  joerg 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5:
   3531  1.2  joerg 	  if (! in_bitfield_range (val, 0x1f))
   3532  1.2  joerg 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3533  1.2  joerg 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3534  1.2  joerg 	  insn |= val & 0x1f;
   3535  1.2  joerg 	  break;
   3536  1.2  joerg 
   3537  1.2  joerg 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10:
   3538  1.1  skrll 	  if ((val & 3)
   3539  1.1  skrll 	      || val >= 0x007fc
   3540  1.1  skrll 	      || val <= -(offsetT) 0x808)
   3541  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3542  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3543  1.1  skrll 	  /* FIXME: The +1 deserves a comment.  */
   3544  1.1  skrll 	  val = (val >> 2) + 1;
   3545  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= ((val & 0x300) << 11)
   3546  1.1  skrll 	    | ((val & 0xff) << 5);
   3547  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3548  1.1  skrll 
   3549  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16:
   3550  1.1  skrll 	  if ((val & 3)
   3551  1.1  skrll 	      || val >= 0x1fffc
   3552  1.1  skrll 	      || val <= -(offsetT) 0x20008)
   3553  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3554  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3555  1.1  skrll 	  /* FIXME: The +1 deserves a comment.  */
   3556  1.1  skrll 	  val = (val >> 2) + 1;
   3557  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= ((val & 0xc000) << 6) | (val & 0x3fff);
   3558  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3559  1.1  skrll 
   3560  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19:
   3561  1.1  skrll 	  if ((val & 3)
   3562  1.1  skrll 	      || val >= 0xffffc
   3563  1.1  skrll 	      || val <= -(offsetT) 0x100008)
   3564  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3565  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3566  1.1  skrll 	  /* FIXME: The +1 deserves a comment.  */
   3567  1.1  skrll 	  val = (val >> 2) + 1;
   3568  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= val & 0x7ffff;
   3569  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3570  1.1  skrll 
   3571  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22:
   3572  1.1  skrll 	  val = BSR (val, 32);
   3573  1.1  skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3574  1.1  skrll 
   3575  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22:
   3576  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
   3577  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3578  1.1  skrll 	    insn |= (val >> 10) & 0x3fffff;
   3579  1.1  skrll 	  else
   3580  1.1  skrll 	    /* FIXME: Need comment explaining why we do this.  */
   3581  1.1  skrll 	    insn &= ~0xffff;
   3582  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3583  1.1  skrll 
   3584  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC22:
   3585  1.1  skrll 	  if (val & ~0x003fffff)
   3586  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3587  1.1  skrll 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3588  1.1  skrll 	  insn |= (val & 0x3fffff);
   3589  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3590  1.1  skrll 
   3591  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10:
   3592  1.1  skrll 	  val = BSR (val, 32);
   3593  1.1  skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3594  1.1  skrll 
   3595  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
   3596  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3597  1.1  skrll 	    insn |= val & 0x3ff;
   3598  1.1  skrll 	  else
   3599  1.1  skrll 	    /* FIXME: Need comment explaining why we do this.  */
   3600  1.1  skrll 	    insn &= ~0xff;
   3601  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3602  1.1  skrll 
   3603  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10:
   3604  1.1  skrll 	  val &= 0x3ff;
   3605  1.1  skrll 	  val += fixP->tc_fix_data;
   3606  1.1  skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3607  1.1  skrll 
   3608  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC13:
   3609  1.1  skrll 	  if (! in_signed_range (val, 0x1fff))
   3610  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3611  1.2  joerg 			  _("relocation overflow"));
   3612  1.2  joerg 	  insn |= val & 0x1fff;
   3613  1.2  joerg 	  break;
   3614  1.2  joerg 
   3615  1.2  joerg 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22:
   3616  1.2  joerg 	  val = (val >> 2) + 1;
   3617  1.2  joerg 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3618  1.2  joerg 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE22:
   3619  1.2  joerg 	  insn |= val & 0x3fffff;
   3620  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3621  1.1  skrll 
   3622  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34:
   3623  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3624  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3625  1.1  skrll 	      bfd_vma tval = val;
   3626  1.1  skrll 	      tval >>= 12;
   3627  1.1  skrll 	      insn |= tval & 0x3fffff;
   3628  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3629  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3630  1.1  skrll 
   3631  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44:
   3632  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3633  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3634  1.1  skrll 	      bfd_vma tval = val;
   3635  1.1  skrll 	      tval >>= 22;
   3636  1.1  skrll 	      insn |= tval & 0x3fffff;
   3637  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3638  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3639  1.1  skrll 
   3640  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44:
   3641  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3642  1.1  skrll 	    insn |= (val >> 12) & 0x3ff;
   3643  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3644  1.1  skrll 
   3645  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44:
   3646  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3647  1.1  skrll 	    insn |= val & 0xfff;
   3648  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3649  1.1  skrll 
   3650  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22:
   3651  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3652  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3653  1.1  skrll 	      val ^= ~(offsetT) 0;
   3654  1.1  skrll 	      insn |= (val >> 10) & 0x3fffff;
   3655  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3656  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3657  1.1  skrll 
   3658  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10:
   3659  1.1  skrll 	  if (!fixP->fx_addsy)
   3660  1.1  skrll 	    insn |= 0x1c00 | (val & 0x3ff);
   3661  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3662  1.1  skrll 
   3663  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
   3664  1.1  skrll 	default:
   3665  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3666  1.1  skrll 			_("bad or unhandled relocation type: 0x%02x"),
   3667  1.1  skrll 			fixP->fx_r_type);
   3668  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3669  1.1  skrll 	}
   3670  1.1  skrll 
   3671  1.1  skrll       if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   3672  1.1  skrll 	bfd_putb32 (insn, (unsigned char *) buf);
   3673  1.1  skrll       else
   3674  1.1  skrll 	bfd_putl32 (insn, (unsigned char *) buf);
   3675  1.1  skrll     }
   3676  1.1  skrll 
   3677  1.1  skrll   /* Are we finished with this relocation now?  */
   3678  1.1  skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy == 0 && !fixP->fx_pcrel)
   3679  1.1  skrll     fixP->fx_done = 1;
   3680  1.1  skrll }
   3681  1.1  skrll 
   3682  1.1  skrll /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
   3683  1.1  skrll    format.  */
   3684  1.1  skrll 
   3685  1.1  skrll arelent **
   3686  1.1  skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
   3687  1.1  skrll {
   3688  1.1  skrll   static arelent *relocs[3];
   3689  1.1  skrll   arelent *reloc;
   3690  1.1  skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
   3691  1.1  skrll 
   3692  1.1  skrll   relocs[0] = reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
   3693  1.1  skrll   relocs[1] = NULL;
   3694  1.1  skrll 
   3695  1.1  skrll   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
   3696  1.1  skrll   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   3697  1.1  skrll   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   3698  1.1  skrll 
   3699  1.1  skrll   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   3700  1.2  joerg     {
   3701  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   3702  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   3703  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
   3704  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
   3705  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2:
   3706  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC13:
   3707  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC22:
   3708  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22:
   3709  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10:
   3710  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13:
   3711  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10:
   3712  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16:
   3713  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19:
   3714  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22:
   3715  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   3716  1.2  joerg     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5:
   3717  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6:
   3718  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7:
   3719  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10:
   3720  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11:
   3721  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22:
   3722  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10:
   3723  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22:
   3724  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   3725  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   3726  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   3727  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34:
   3728  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44:
   3729  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44:
   3730  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44:
   3731  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22:
   3732  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10:
   3733  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32:
   3734  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10:
   3735  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16:
   3736  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32:
   3737  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64:
   3738  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
   3739  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
   3740  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
   3741  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL:
   3742  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT32:
   3743  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT64:
   3744  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   3745  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   3746  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3747  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3748  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   3749  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   3750  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   3751  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   3752  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
   3753  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   3754  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
   3755  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
   3756  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
   3757  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3758  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   3759  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
   3760  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
   3761  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
   3762  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   3763  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   3764  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3765  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
   3766  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   3767  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   3768  1.1  skrll     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
   3769  1.1  skrll       code = fixp->fx_r_type;
   3770  1.1  skrll       break;
   3771  1.1  skrll     default:
   3772  1.1  skrll       abort ();
   3773  1.1  skrll       return NULL;
   3774  1.1  skrll     }
   3775  1.1  skrll 
   3776  1.1  skrll #if defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_AOUT)
   3777  1.1  skrll   /* If we are generating PIC code, we need to generate a different
   3778  1.1  skrll      set of relocs.  */
   3779  1.1  skrll 
   3780  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3781  1.1  skrll #define GOT_NAME "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
   3782  1.1  skrll #else
   3783  1.1  skrll #define GOT_NAME "__GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
   3784  1.1  skrll #endif
   3785  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_VXWORKS
   3786  1.1  skrll #define GOTT_BASE "__GOTT_BASE__"
   3787  1.1  skrll #define GOTT_INDEX "__GOTT_INDEX__"
   3788  1.1  skrll #endif
   3789  1.1  skrll 
   3790  1.1  skrll   /* This code must be parallel to the OBJ_ELF tc_fix_adjustable.  */
   3791  1.1  skrll 
   3792  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_pic_code)
   3793  1.1  skrll     {
   3794  1.1  skrll       switch (code)
   3795  1.1  skrll 	{
   3796  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2:
   3797  1.1  skrll 	  if (generic_force_reloc (fixp))
   3798  1.1  skrll 	    code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30;
   3799  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3800  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
   3801  1.1  skrll 	  code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22;
   3802  1.1  skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL)
   3803  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3804  1.1  skrll 	      if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOT_NAME) == 0)
   3805  1.1  skrll 		code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22;
   3806  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_VXWORKS
   3807  1.1  skrll 	      if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOTT_BASE) == 0
   3808  1.1  skrll 		  || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOTT_INDEX) == 0)
   3809  1.1  skrll 		code = BFD_RELOC_HI22; /* Unchanged.  */
   3810  1.1  skrll #endif
   3811  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3812  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3813  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
   3814  1.1  skrll 	  code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10;
   3815  1.1  skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL)
   3816  1.1  skrll 	    {
   3817  1.1  skrll 	      if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOT_NAME) == 0)
   3818  1.1  skrll 		code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10;
   3819  1.1  skrll #ifdef TE_VXWORKS
   3820  1.1  skrll 	      if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOTT_BASE) == 0
   3821  1.1  skrll 		  || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy), GOTT_INDEX) == 0)
   3822  1.1  skrll 		code = BFD_RELOC_LO10; /* Unchanged.  */
   3823  1.1  skrll #endif
   3824  1.1  skrll 	    }
   3825  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3826  1.1  skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_SPARC13:
   3827  1.1  skrll 	  code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13;
   3828  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3829  1.1  skrll 	default:
   3830  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   3831  1.1  skrll 	}
   3832  1.1  skrll     }
   3833  1.1  skrll #endif /* defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_AOUT)  */
   3834  1.1  skrll 
   3835  1.1  skrll   /* Nothing is aligned in DWARF debugging sections.  */
   3836  1.1  skrll   if (bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, section) & SEC_DEBUGGING)
   3837  1.1  skrll     switch (code)
   3838  1.1  skrll       {
   3839  1.1  skrll       case BFD_RELOC_16: code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16; break;
   3840  1.1  skrll       case BFD_RELOC_32: code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32; break;
   3841  1.1  skrll       case BFD_RELOC_64: code = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64; break;
   3842  1.1  skrll       default: break;
   3843  1.1  skrll       }
   3844  1.1  skrll 
   3845  1.1  skrll   if (code == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10)
   3846  1.1  skrll     reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, BFD_RELOC_LO10);
   3847  1.1  skrll   else
   3848  1.1  skrll     reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
   3849  1.1  skrll   if (reloc->howto == 0)
   3850  1.1  skrll     {
   3851  1.1  skrll       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   3852  1.1  skrll 		    _("internal error: can't export reloc type %d (`%s')"),
   3853  1.1  skrll 		    fixp->fx_r_type, bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3854  1.1  skrll       xfree (reloc);
   3855  1.1  skrll       relocs[0] = NULL;
   3856  1.1  skrll       return relocs;
   3857  1.1  skrll     }
   3858  1.1  skrll 
   3859  1.1  skrll   /* @@ Why fx_addnumber sometimes and fx_offset other times?  */
   3860  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   3861  1.1  skrll 
   3862  1.1  skrll   if (reloc->howto->pc_relative == 0
   3863  1.1  skrll       || code == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10
   3864  1.1  skrll       || code == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22)
   3865  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   3866  1.1  skrll   else if (sparc_pic_code
   3867  1.1  skrll 	   && fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   3868  1.1  skrll 	   && fixp->fx_addsy != NULL
   3869  1.1  skrll 	   && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
   3870  1.1  skrll 	       || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
   3871  1.1  skrll 	   && S_IS_DEFINED (fixp->fx_addsy)
   3872  1.2  joerg 	   && ! S_IS_COMMON (fixp->fx_addsy))
   3873  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   3874  1.1  skrll   else
   3875  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset - reloc->address;
   3876  1.1  skrll 
   3877  1.1  skrll #else /* elf or coff  */
   3878  1.1  skrll 
   3879  1.1  skrll   if (code != BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
   3880  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22
   3881  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16
   3882  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19
   3883  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10
   3884  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30
   3885  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL
   3886  1.1  skrll       && code != BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL)
   3887  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   3888  1.1  skrll   else if (symbol_section_p (fixp->fx_addsy))
   3889  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = (section->vma
   3890  1.1  skrll 		     + fixp->fx_addnumber
   3891  1.1  skrll 		     + md_pcrel_from (fixp));
   3892  1.1  skrll   else
   3893  1.1  skrll     reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   3894  1.1  skrll #endif
   3895  1.1  skrll 
   3896  1.1  skrll   /* We expand R_SPARC_OLO10 to R_SPARC_LO10 and R_SPARC_13
   3897  1.1  skrll      on the same location.  */
   3898  1.1  skrll   if (code == BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10)
   3899  1.1  skrll     {
   3900  1.1  skrll       relocs[1] = reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
   3901  1.1  skrll       relocs[2] = NULL;
   3902  1.1  skrll 
   3903  1.1  skrll       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
   3904  1.1  skrll       *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr
   3905  1.1  skrll 	= symbol_get_bfdsym (section_symbol (absolute_section));
   3906  1.1  skrll       reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   3907  1.1  skrll       reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, BFD_RELOC_SPARC13);
   3908  1.1  skrll       reloc->addend = fixp->tc_fix_data;
   3909  1.1  skrll     }
   3910  1.1  skrll 
   3911  1.1  skrll   return relocs;
   3912  1.1  skrll }
   3913  1.1  skrll 
   3914  1.1  skrll /* We have no need to default values of symbols.  */
   3916  1.1  skrll 
   3917  1.1  skrll symbolS *
   3918  1.1  skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3919  1.1  skrll {
   3920  1.1  skrll   return 0;
   3921  1.1  skrll }
   3922  1.1  skrll 
   3923  1.1  skrll /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   3924  1.1  skrll 
   3925  1.1  skrll valueT
   3926  1.1  skrll md_section_align (segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, valueT size)
   3927  1.1  skrll {
   3928  1.1  skrll #ifndef OBJ_ELF
   3929  1.1  skrll   /* This is not right for ELF; a.out wants it, and COFF will force
   3930  1.1  skrll      the alignment anyways.  */
   3931  1.1  skrll   valueT align = ((valueT) 1
   3932  1.1  skrll 		  << (valueT) bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment));
   3933  1.1  skrll   valueT newsize;
   3934  1.1  skrll 
   3935  1.1  skrll   /* Turn alignment value into a mask.  */
   3936  1.1  skrll   align--;
   3937  1.1  skrll   newsize = (size + align) & ~align;
   3938  1.1  skrll   return newsize;
   3939  1.1  skrll #else
   3940  1.1  skrll   return size;
   3941  1.1  skrll #endif
   3942  1.1  skrll }
   3943  1.1  skrll 
   3944  1.1  skrll /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
   3945  1.1  skrll    On the sparc, they're relative to the address of the offset, plus
   3946  1.1  skrll    its size.  This gets us to the following instruction.
   3947  1.1  skrll    (??? Is this right?  FIXME-SOON)  */
   3948  1.1  skrll long
   3949  1.1  skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   3950  1.1  skrll {
   3951  1.1  skrll   long ret;
   3952  1.1  skrll 
   3953  1.1  skrll   ret = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   3954  1.1  skrll   if (! sparc_pic_code
   3955  1.1  skrll       || fixP->fx_addsy == NULL
   3956  1.1  skrll       || symbol_section_p (fixP->fx_addsy))
   3957  1.1  skrll     ret += fixP->fx_size;
   3958  1.1  skrll   return ret;
   3959  1.1  skrll }
   3960  1.1  skrll 
   3961  1.1  skrll /* Return log2 (VALUE), or -1 if VALUE is not an exact positive power
   3963  1.1  skrll    of two.  */
   3964  1.1  skrll 
   3965  1.1  skrll static int
   3966  1.1  skrll mylog2 (int value)
   3967  1.1  skrll {
   3968  1.1  skrll   int shift;
   3969  1.1  skrll 
   3970  1.1  skrll   if (value <= 0)
   3971  1.1  skrll     return -1;
   3972  1.1  skrll 
   3973  1.1  skrll   for (shift = 0; (value & 1) == 0; value >>= 1)
   3974  1.1  skrll     ++shift;
   3975  1.1  skrll 
   3976  1.1  skrll   return (value == 1) ? shift : -1;
   3977  1.1  skrll }
   3978  1.1  skrll 
   3979  1.1  skrll /* Sort of like s_lcomm.  */
   3980  1.1  skrll 
   3981  1.1  skrll #ifndef OBJ_ELF
   3982  1.1  skrll static int max_alignment = 15;
   3983  1.2  joerg #endif
   3984  1.1  skrll 
   3985  1.1  skrll static void
   3986  1.2  joerg s_reserve (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3987  1.1  skrll {
   3988  1.1  skrll   char *name;
   3989  1.1  skrll   char *p;
   3990  1.1  skrll   char c;
   3991  1.1  skrll   int align;
   3992  1.1  skrll   int size;
   3993  1.1  skrll   int temp;
   3994  1.1  skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   3995  1.1  skrll 
   3996  1.1  skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3997  1.1  skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   3998  1.1  skrll   *p = c;
   3999  1.1  skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4000  1.1  skrll 
   4001  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4002  1.1  skrll     {
   4003  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Expected comma after name"));
   4004  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4005  1.1  skrll       return;
   4006  1.1  skrll     }
   4007  1.1  skrll 
   4008  1.1  skrll   ++input_line_pointer;
   4009  1.1  skrll 
   4010  1.1  skrll   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   4011  1.1  skrll     {
   4012  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("BSS length (%d.) <0! Ignored."), size);
   4013  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4014  1.1  skrll       return;
   4015  1.1  skrll     }				/* Bad length.  */
   4016  1.1  skrll 
   4017  1.1  skrll   *p = 0;
   4018  1.1  skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4019  1.1  skrll   *p = c;
   4020  1.1  skrll 
   4021  1.1  skrll   if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, ",\"bss\"", 6) != 0
   4022  1.1  skrll       && strncmp (input_line_pointer, ",\".bss\"", 7) != 0)
   4023  1.1  skrll     {
   4024  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("bad .reserve segment -- expected BSS segment"));
   4025  1.1  skrll       return;
   4026  1.1  skrll     }
   4027  1.1  skrll 
   4028  1.1  skrll   if (input_line_pointer[2] == '.')
   4029  1.1  skrll     input_line_pointer += 7;
   4030  1.1  skrll   else
   4031  1.1  skrll     input_line_pointer += 6;
   4032  1.1  skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4033  1.1  skrll 
   4034  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4035  1.1  skrll     {
   4036  1.1  skrll       ++input_line_pointer;
   4037  1.1  skrll 
   4038  1.1  skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4039  1.1  skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
   4040  1.1  skrll 	{
   4041  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad (_("missing alignment"));
   4042  1.1  skrll 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4043  1.1  skrll 	  return;
   4044  1.1  skrll 	}
   4045  1.1  skrll 
   4046  1.1  skrll       align = (int) get_absolute_expression ();
   4047  1.1  skrll 
   4048  1.1  skrll #ifndef OBJ_ELF
   4049  1.1  skrll       if (align > max_alignment)
   4050  1.1  skrll 	{
   4051  1.1  skrll 	  align = max_alignment;
   4052  1.1  skrll 	  as_warn (_("alignment too large; assuming %d"), align);
   4053  1.1  skrll 	}
   4054  1.1  skrll #endif
   4055  1.1  skrll 
   4056  1.1  skrll       if (align < 0)
   4057  1.1  skrll 	{
   4058  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad (_("negative alignment"));
   4059  1.1  skrll 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4060  1.1  skrll 	  return;
   4061  1.1  skrll 	}
   4062  1.1  skrll 
   4063  1.1  skrll       if (align != 0)
   4064  1.1  skrll 	{
   4065  1.1  skrll 	  temp = mylog2 (align);
   4066  1.1  skrll 	  if (temp < 0)
   4067  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4068  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("alignment not a power of 2"));
   4069  1.1  skrll 	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4070  1.1  skrll 	      return;
   4071  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4072  1.1  skrll 
   4073  1.1  skrll 	  align = temp;
   4074  1.1  skrll 	}
   4075  1.1  skrll 
   4076  1.1  skrll       record_alignment (bss_section, align);
   4077  1.1  skrll     }
   4078  1.1  skrll   else
   4079  1.1  skrll     align = 0;
   4080  1.1  skrll 
   4081  1.1  skrll   if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)
   4082  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   4083  1.1  skrll       && S_GET_OTHER (symbolP) == 0
   4084  1.1  skrll       && S_GET_DESC (symbolP) == 0
   4085  1.1  skrll #endif
   4086  1.1  skrll       )
   4087  1.1  skrll     {
   4088  1.1  skrll       if (! need_pass_2)
   4089  1.1  skrll 	{
   4090  1.1  skrll 	  char *pfrag;
   4091  1.1  skrll 	  segT current_seg = now_seg;
   4092  1.1  skrll 	  subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   4093  1.1  skrll 
   4094  1.1  skrll 	  /* Switch to bss.  */
   4095  1.1  skrll 	  subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   4096  1.1  skrll 
   4097  1.1  skrll 	  if (align)
   4098  1.1  skrll 	    /* Do alignment.  */
   4099  1.1  skrll 	    frag_align (align, 0, 0);
   4100  1.1  skrll 
   4101  1.1  skrll 	  /* Detach from old frag.  */
   4102  1.1  skrll 	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_section)
   4103  1.1  skrll 	    symbol_get_frag (symbolP)->fr_symbol = NULL;
   4104  1.1  skrll 
   4105  1.1  skrll 	  symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   4106  1.1  skrll 	  pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, symbolP,
   4107  1.1  skrll 			    (offsetT) size, (char *) 0);
   4108  1.2  joerg 	  *pfrag = 0;
   4109  1.1  skrll 
   4110  1.2  joerg 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   4111  1.1  skrll 
   4112  1.1  skrll 	  subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   4113  1.1  skrll 
   4114  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4115  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, size);
   4116  1.1  skrll #endif
   4117  1.1  skrll 	}
   4118  1.1  skrll     }
   4119  1.1  skrll   else
   4120  1.1  skrll     {
   4121  1.1  skrll       as_warn (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol %s"),
   4122  1.1  skrll 	       S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
   4123  1.1  skrll     }
   4124  1.2  joerg 
   4125  1.1  skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4126  1.1  skrll }
   4127  1.1  skrll 
   4128  1.2  joerg static void
   4129  1.1  skrll s_common (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4130  1.1  skrll {
   4131  1.1  skrll   char *name;
   4132  1.1  skrll   char c;
   4133  1.1  skrll   char *p;
   4134  1.1  skrll   offsetT temp, size;
   4135  1.1  skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   4136  1.1  skrll 
   4137  1.1  skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4138  1.1  skrll   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   4139  1.1  skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   4140  1.1  skrll   *p = c;
   4141  1.1  skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4142  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4143  1.1  skrll     {
   4144  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Expected comma after symbol-name"));
   4145  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4146  1.1  skrll       return;
   4147  1.1  skrll     }
   4148  1.1  skrll 
   4149  1.1  skrll   /* Skip ','.  */
   4150  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer++;
   4151  1.1  skrll 
   4152  1.1  skrll   if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   4153  1.1  skrll     {
   4154  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_(".COMMon length (%lu) out of range ignored"),
   4155  1.1  skrll 	      (unsigned long) temp);
   4156  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4157  1.1  skrll       return;
   4158  1.1  skrll     }
   4159  1.1  skrll   size = temp;
   4160  1.1  skrll   *p = 0;
   4161  1.1  skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4162  1.1  skrll   *p = c;
   4163  1.1  skrll   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   4164  1.1  skrll     {
   4165  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   4166  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4167  1.1  skrll       return;
   4168  1.1  skrll     }
   4169  1.1  skrll   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != 0)
   4170  1.1  skrll     {
   4171  1.1  skrll       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   4172  1.1  skrll 	{
   4173  1.1  skrll 	  as_warn (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   4174  1.1  skrll 		   S_GET_NAME (symbolP), (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), (long) size);
   4175  1.1  skrll 	}
   4176  1.1  skrll     }
   4177  1.1  skrll   else
   4178  1.1  skrll     {
   4179  1.1  skrll #ifndef OBJ_ELF
   4180  1.1  skrll       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   4181  1.1  skrll       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   4182  1.1  skrll #endif
   4183  1.1  skrll     }
   4184  1.1  skrll   know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
   4185  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4186  1.1  skrll     {
   4187  1.1  skrll       as_bad (_("Expected comma after common length"));
   4188  1.1  skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4189  1.1  skrll       return;
   4190  1.1  skrll     }
   4191  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer++;
   4192  1.1  skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4193  1.1  skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != '"')
   4194  1.1  skrll     {
   4195  1.1  skrll       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4196  1.1  skrll 
   4197  1.1  skrll #ifndef OBJ_ELF
   4198  1.1  skrll       if (temp > max_alignment)
   4199  1.1  skrll 	{
   4200  1.1  skrll 	  temp = max_alignment;
   4201  1.1  skrll 	  as_warn (_("alignment too large; assuming %ld"), (long) temp);
   4202  1.1  skrll 	}
   4203  1.1  skrll #endif
   4204  1.1  skrll 
   4205  1.1  skrll       if (temp < 0)
   4206  1.1  skrll 	{
   4207  1.1  skrll 	  as_bad (_("negative alignment"));
   4208  1.1  skrll 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4209  1.1  skrll 	  return;
   4210  1.1  skrll 	}
   4211  1.1  skrll 
   4212  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4213  1.1  skrll       if (symbol_get_obj (symbolP)->local)
   4214  1.1  skrll 	{
   4215  1.1  skrll 	  segT old_sec;
   4216  1.1  skrll 	  int old_subsec;
   4217  1.1  skrll 	  int align;
   4218  1.1  skrll 
   4219  1.1  skrll 	  old_sec = now_seg;
   4220  1.1  skrll 	  old_subsec = now_subseg;
   4221  1.1  skrll 
   4222  1.1  skrll 	  if (temp == 0)
   4223  1.1  skrll 	    align = 0;
   4224  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4225  1.1  skrll 	    align = mylog2 (temp);
   4226  1.1  skrll 
   4227  1.1  skrll 	  if (align < 0)
   4228  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4229  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("alignment not a power of 2"));
   4230  1.1  skrll 	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4231  1.1  skrll 	      return;
   4232  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4233  1.1  skrll 
   4234  1.1  skrll 	  record_alignment (bss_section, align);
   4235  1.1  skrll 	  subseg_set (bss_section, 0);
   4236  1.1  skrll 	  if (align)
   4237  1.1  skrll 	    frag_align (align, 0, 0);
   4238  1.1  skrll 	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_section)
   4239  1.1  skrll 	    symbol_get_frag (symbolP)->fr_symbol = 0;
   4240  1.1  skrll 	  symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   4241  1.1  skrll 	  p = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, symbolP,
   4242  1.1  skrll 			(offsetT) size, (char *) 0);
   4243  1.1  skrll 	  *p = 0;
   4244  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   4245  1.1  skrll 	  S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   4246  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, size);
   4247  1.1  skrll 	  subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4248  1.1  skrll 	}
   4249  1.1  skrll       else
   4250  1.1  skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF  */
   4251  1.1  skrll 	{
   4252  1.1  skrll 	allocate_common:
   4253  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   4254  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4255  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_ALIGN (symbolP, temp);
   4256  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, size);
   4257  1.1  skrll #endif
   4258  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   4259  1.1  skrll 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_com_section_ptr);
   4260  1.1  skrll 	}
   4261  1.1  skrll     }
   4262  1.1  skrll   else
   4263  1.1  skrll     {
   4264  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4265  1.1  skrll       /* @@ Some use the dot, some don't.  Can we get some consistency??  */
   4266  1.1  skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == '.')
   4267  1.1  skrll 	input_line_pointer++;
   4268  1.1  skrll       /* @@ Some say data, some say bss.  */
   4269  1.1  skrll       if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "bss\"", 4)
   4270  1.1  skrll 	  && strncmp (input_line_pointer, "data\"", 5))
   4271  1.1  skrll 	{
   4272  1.1  skrll 	  while (*--input_line_pointer != '"')
   4273  1.1  skrll 	    ;
   4274  1.1  skrll 	  input_line_pointer--;
   4275  1.1  skrll 	  goto bad_common_segment;
   4276  1.1  skrll 	}
   4277  1.1  skrll       while (*input_line_pointer++ != '"')
   4278  1.1  skrll 	;
   4279  1.1  skrll       goto allocate_common;
   4280  1.1  skrll     }
   4281  1.1  skrll 
   4282  1.1  skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
   4283  1.1  skrll 
   4284  1.1  skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4285  1.1  skrll   return;
   4286  1.1  skrll 
   4287  1.1  skrll   {
   4288  1.1  skrll   bad_common_segment:
   4289  1.1  skrll     p = input_line_pointer;
   4290  1.1  skrll     while (*p && *p != '\n')
   4291  1.1  skrll       p++;
   4292  1.1  skrll     c = *p;
   4293  1.1  skrll     *p = '\0';
   4294  1.1  skrll     as_bad (_("bad .common segment %s"), input_line_pointer + 1);
   4295  1.1  skrll     *p = c;
   4296  1.1  skrll     input_line_pointer = p;
   4297  1.1  skrll     ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4298  1.1  skrll     return;
   4299  1.1  skrll   }
   4300  1.1  skrll }
   4301  1.1  skrll 
   4302  1.1  skrll /* Handle the .empty pseudo-op.  This suppresses the warnings about
   4303  1.1  skrll    invalid delay slot usage.  */
   4304  1.1  skrll 
   4305  1.1  skrll static void
   4306  1.1  skrll s_empty (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4307  1.1  skrll {
   4308  1.1  skrll   /* The easy way to implement is to just forget about the last
   4309  1.1  skrll      instruction.  */
   4310  1.1  skrll   last_insn = NULL;
   4311  1.1  skrll }
   4312  1.1  skrll 
   4313  1.1  skrll static void
   4314  1.1  skrll s_seg (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4315  1.1  skrll {
   4316  1.1  skrll 
   4317  1.1  skrll   if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "\"text\"", 6) == 0)
   4318  1.1  skrll     {
   4319  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer += 6;
   4320  1.1  skrll       s_text (0);
   4321  1.1  skrll       return;
   4322  1.1  skrll     }
   4323  1.1  skrll   if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "\"data\"", 6) == 0)
   4324  1.1  skrll     {
   4325  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer += 6;
   4326  1.1  skrll       s_data (0);
   4327  1.1  skrll       return;
   4328  1.1  skrll     }
   4329  1.1  skrll   if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "\"data1\"", 7) == 0)
   4330  1.1  skrll     {
   4331  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer += 7;
   4332  1.1  skrll       s_data1 ();
   4333  1.1  skrll       return;
   4334  1.1  skrll     }
   4335  1.1  skrll   if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "\"bss\"", 5) == 0)
   4336  1.1  skrll     {
   4337  1.1  skrll       input_line_pointer += 5;
   4338  1.1  skrll       /* We only support 2 segments -- text and data -- for now, so
   4339  1.1  skrll 	 things in the "bss segment" will have to go into data for now.
   4340  1.1  skrll 	 You can still allocate SEG_BSS stuff with .lcomm or .reserve.  */
   4341  1.1  skrll       subseg_set (data_section, 255);	/* FIXME-SOMEDAY.  */
   4342  1.1  skrll       return;
   4343  1.1  skrll     }
   4344  1.1  skrll   as_bad (_("Unknown segment type"));
   4345  1.1  skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4346  1.1  skrll }
   4347  1.1  skrll 
   4348  1.1  skrll static void
   4349  1.1  skrll s_data1 (void)
   4350  1.1  skrll {
   4351  1.1  skrll   subseg_set (data_section, 1);
   4352  1.1  skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4353  1.1  skrll }
   4354  1.1  skrll 
   4355  1.1  skrll static void
   4356  1.1  skrll s_proc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4357  1.1  skrll {
   4358  1.1  skrll   while (!is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
   4359  1.1  skrll     {
   4360  1.1  skrll       ++input_line_pointer;
   4361  1.1  skrll     }
   4362  1.1  skrll   ++input_line_pointer;
   4363  1.1  skrll }
   4364  1.1  skrll 
   4365  1.1  skrll /* This static variable is set by s_uacons to tell sparc_cons_align
   4366  1.1  skrll    that the expression does not need to be aligned.  */
   4367  1.1  skrll 
   4368  1.1  skrll static int sparc_no_align_cons = 0;
   4369  1.1  skrll 
   4370  1.1  skrll /* This handles the unaligned space allocation pseudo-ops, such as
   4371  1.1  skrll    .uaword.  .uaword is just like .word, but the value does not need
   4372  1.1  skrll    to be aligned.  */
   4373  1.1  skrll 
   4374  1.1  skrll static void
   4375  1.1  skrll s_uacons (int bytes)
   4376  1.1  skrll {
   4377  1.1  skrll   /* Tell sparc_cons_align not to align this value.  */
   4378  1.1  skrll   sparc_no_align_cons = 1;
   4379  1.1  skrll   cons (bytes);
   4380  1.1  skrll   sparc_no_align_cons = 0;
   4381  1.1  skrll }
   4382  1.1  skrll 
   4383  1.1  skrll /* This handles the native word allocation pseudo-op .nword.
   4384  1.1  skrll    For sparc_arch_size 32 it is equivalent to .word,  for
   4385  1.1  skrll    sparc_arch_size 64 it is equivalent to .xword.  */
   4386  1.1  skrll 
   4387  1.1  skrll static void
   4388  1.1  skrll s_ncons (int bytes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4389  1.1  skrll {
   4390  1.1  skrll   cons (sparc_arch_size == 32 ? 4 : 8);
   4391  1.1  skrll }
   4392  1.1  skrll 
   4393  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4394  1.2  joerg /* Handle the SPARC ELF .register pseudo-op.  This sets the binding of a
   4395  1.1  skrll    global register.
   4396  1.1  skrll    The syntax is:
   4397  1.1  skrll 
   4398  1.1  skrll    .register %g[2367],{#scratch|symbolname|#ignore}
   4399  1.1  skrll */
   4400  1.1  skrll 
   4401  1.1  skrll static void
   4402  1.1  skrll s_register (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4403  1.1  skrll {
   4404  1.1  skrll   char c;
   4405  1.1  skrll   int reg;
   4406  1.1  skrll   int flags;
   4407  1.1  skrll   char *regname;
   4408  1.2  joerg 
   4409  1.1  skrll   if (input_line_pointer[0] != '%'
   4410  1.1  skrll       || input_line_pointer[1] != 'g'
   4411  1.1  skrll       || ((input_line_pointer[2] & ~1) != '2'
   4412  1.1  skrll 	  && (input_line_pointer[2] & ~1) != '6')
   4413  1.1  skrll       || input_line_pointer[3] != ',')
   4414  1.1  skrll     as_bad (_("register syntax is .register %%g[2367],{#scratch|symbolname|#ignore}"));
   4415  1.1  skrll   reg = input_line_pointer[2] - '0';
   4416  1.1  skrll   input_line_pointer += 4;
   4417  1.1  skrll 
   4418  1.2  joerg   if (*input_line_pointer == '#')
   4419  1.1  skrll     {
   4420  1.2  joerg       ++input_line_pointer;
   4421  1.1  skrll       c = get_symbol_name (&regname);
   4422  1.1  skrll       if (strcmp (regname, "scratch") && strcmp (regname, "ignore"))
   4423  1.1  skrll 	as_bad (_("register syntax is .register %%g[2367],{#scratch|symbolname|#ignore}"));
   4424  1.1  skrll       if (regname[0] == 'i')
   4425  1.1  skrll 	regname = NULL;
   4426  1.1  skrll       else
   4427  1.1  skrll 	regname = "";
   4428  1.1  skrll     }
   4429  1.1  skrll   else
   4430  1.1  skrll     {
   4431  1.1  skrll       c = get_symbol_name (&regname);
   4432  1.1  skrll     }
   4433  1.1  skrll 
   4434  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_arch_size == 64)
   4435  1.1  skrll     {
   4436  1.1  skrll       if (globals[reg])
   4437  1.1  skrll 	{
   4438  1.1  skrll 	  if ((regname && globals[reg] != (symbolS *) 1
   4439  1.1  skrll 	       && strcmp (S_GET_NAME (globals[reg]), regname))
   4440  1.1  skrll 	      || ((regname != NULL) ^ (globals[reg] != (symbolS *) 1)))
   4441  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad (_("redefinition of global register"));
   4442  1.1  skrll 	}
   4443  1.1  skrll       else
   4444  1.1  skrll 	{
   4445  1.1  skrll 	  if (regname == NULL)
   4446  1.1  skrll 	    globals[reg] = (symbolS *) 1;
   4447  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4448  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4449  1.1  skrll 	      if (*regname)
   4450  1.1  skrll 		{
   4451  1.1  skrll 		  if (symbol_find (regname))
   4452  1.1  skrll 		    as_bad (_("Register symbol %s already defined."),
   4453  1.1  skrll 			    regname);
   4454  1.1  skrll 		}
   4455  1.1  skrll 	      globals[reg] = symbol_make (regname);
   4456  1.1  skrll 	      flags = symbol_get_bfdsym (globals[reg])->flags;
   4457  1.1  skrll 	      if (! *regname)
   4458  1.1  skrll 		flags = flags & ~(BSF_GLOBAL|BSF_LOCAL|BSF_WEAK);
   4459  1.1  skrll 	      if (! (flags & (BSF_GLOBAL|BSF_LOCAL|BSF_WEAK)))
   4460  1.1  skrll 		flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
   4461  1.1  skrll 	      symbol_get_bfdsym (globals[reg])->flags = flags;
   4462  1.1  skrll 	      S_SET_VALUE (globals[reg], (valueT) reg);
   4463  1.1  skrll 	      S_SET_ALIGN (globals[reg], reg);
   4464  1.1  skrll 	      S_SET_SIZE (globals[reg], 0);
   4465  1.1  skrll 	      /* Although we actually want undefined_section here,
   4466  1.1  skrll 		 we have to use absolute_section, because otherwise
   4467  1.2  joerg 		 generic as code will make it a COM section.
   4468  1.1  skrll 		 We fix this up in sparc_adjust_symtab.  */
   4469  1.1  skrll 	      S_SET_SEGMENT (globals[reg], absolute_section);
   4470  1.1  skrll 	      S_SET_OTHER (globals[reg], 0);
   4471  1.1  skrll 	      elf_symbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (globals[reg]))
   4472  1.1  skrll 		->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
   4473  1.1  skrll 		  ELF_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_REGISTER);
   4474  1.1  skrll 	      elf_symbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (globals[reg]))
   4475  1.1  skrll 		->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4476  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4477  1.1  skrll 	}
   4478  1.1  skrll     }
   4479  1.1  skrll 
   4480  1.1  skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4481  1.1  skrll 
   4482  1.1  skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4483  1.1  skrll }
   4484  1.1  skrll 
   4485  1.1  skrll /* Adjust the symbol table.  We set undefined sections for STT_REGISTER
   4486  1.1  skrll    symbols which need it.  */
   4487  1.1  skrll 
   4488  1.1  skrll void
   4489  1.1  skrll sparc_adjust_symtab (void)
   4490  1.1  skrll {
   4491  1.1  skrll   symbolS *sym;
   4492  1.1  skrll 
   4493  1.1  skrll   for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
   4494  1.1  skrll     {
   4495  1.1  skrll       if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_symbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))
   4496  1.1  skrll 		       ->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STT_REGISTER)
   4497  1.1  skrll 	continue;
   4498  1.1  skrll 
   4499  1.1  skrll       if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_symbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))
   4500  1.1  skrll 		       ->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF))
   4501  1.1  skrll 	continue;
   4502  1.1  skrll 
   4503  1.1  skrll       S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, undefined_section);
   4504  1.1  skrll     }
   4505  1.1  skrll }
   4506  1.1  skrll #endif
   4507  1.1  skrll 
   4508  1.1  skrll /* If the --enforce-aligned-data option is used, we require .word,
   4509  1.1  skrll    et. al., to be aligned correctly.  We do it by setting up an
   4510  1.1  skrll    rs_align_code frag, and checking in HANDLE_ALIGN to make sure that
   4511  1.1  skrll    no unexpected alignment was introduced.
   4512  1.1  skrll 
   4513  1.1  skrll    The SunOS and Solaris native assemblers enforce aligned data by
   4514  1.1  skrll    default.  We don't want to do that, because gcc can deliberately
   4515  1.1  skrll    generate misaligned data if the packed attribute is used.  Instead,
   4516  1.1  skrll    we permit misaligned data by default, and permit the user to set an
   4517  1.1  skrll    option to check for it.  */
   4518  1.1  skrll 
   4519  1.1  skrll void
   4520  1.1  skrll sparc_cons_align (int nbytes)
   4521  1.1  skrll {
   4522  1.1  skrll   int nalign;
   4523  1.2  joerg 
   4524  1.1  skrll   /* Only do this if we are enforcing aligned data.  */
   4525  1.1  skrll   if (! enforce_aligned_data)
   4526  1.1  skrll     return;
   4527  1.1  skrll 
   4528  1.1  skrll   /* Don't align if this is an unaligned pseudo-op.  */
   4529  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_no_align_cons)
   4530  1.1  skrll     return;
   4531  1.1  skrll 
   4532  1.2  joerg   nalign = mylog2 (nbytes);
   4533  1.2  joerg   if (nalign == 0)
   4534  1.1  skrll     return;
   4535  1.1  skrll 
   4536  1.1  skrll   gas_assert (nalign > 0);
   4537  1.1  skrll 
   4538  1.1  skrll   if (now_seg == absolute_section)
   4539  1.1  skrll     {
   4540  1.1  skrll       if ((abs_section_offset & ((1 << nalign) - 1)) != 0)
   4541  1.1  skrll 	as_bad (_("misaligned data"));
   4542  1.1  skrll       return;
   4543  1.1  skrll     }
   4544  1.1  skrll 
   4545  1.1  skrll   frag_var (rs_align_test, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0,
   4546  1.1  skrll 	    (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) nalign, (char *) NULL);
   4547  1.1  skrll 
   4548  1.1  skrll   record_alignment (now_seg, nalign);
   4549  1.1  skrll }
   4550  1.1  skrll 
   4551  1.1  skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in tc-sparc.h.  */
   4552  1.1  skrll 
   4553  1.1  skrll void
   4554  1.1  skrll sparc_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   4555  1.1  skrll {
   4556  1.1  skrll   int count, fix;
   4557  1.1  skrll   char *p;
   4558  1.1  skrll 
   4559  1.1  skrll   count = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   4560  1.1  skrll 
   4561  1.1  skrll   switch (fragp->fr_type)
   4562  1.1  skrll     {
   4563  1.1  skrll     case rs_align_test:
   4564  1.1  skrll       if (count != 0)
   4565  1.1  skrll 	as_bad_where (fragp->fr_file, fragp->fr_line, _("misaligned data"));
   4566  1.1  skrll       break;
   4567  1.1  skrll 
   4568  1.1  skrll     case rs_align_code:
   4569  1.1  skrll       p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   4570  1.1  skrll       fix = 0;
   4571  1.1  skrll 
   4572  1.1  skrll       if (count & 3)
   4573  1.1  skrll 	{
   4574  1.1  skrll 	  fix = count & 3;
   4575  1.1  skrll 	  memset (p, 0, fix);
   4576  1.1  skrll 	  p += fix;
   4577  1.1  skrll 	  count -= fix;
   4578  1.1  skrll 	}
   4579  1.1  skrll 
   4580  1.1  skrll       if (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture) && count > 8)
   4581  1.1  skrll 	{
   4582  1.1  skrll 	  unsigned wval = (0x30680000 | count >> 2); /* ba,a,pt %xcc, 1f  */
   4583  1.1  skrll 	  if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   4584  1.1  skrll 	    number_to_chars_bigendian (p, wval, 4);
   4585  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4586  1.1  skrll 	    number_to_chars_littleendian (p, wval, 4);
   4587  1.1  skrll 	  p += 4;
   4588  1.1  skrll 	  count -= 4;
   4589  1.1  skrll 	  fix += 4;
   4590  1.1  skrll 	}
   4591  1.1  skrll 
   4592  1.1  skrll       if (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN)
   4593  1.1  skrll 	number_to_chars_bigendian (p, 0x01000000, 4);
   4594  1.1  skrll       else
   4595  1.1  skrll 	number_to_chars_littleendian (p, 0x01000000, 4);
   4596  1.1  skrll 
   4597  1.1  skrll       fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   4598  1.1  skrll       fragp->fr_var = 4;
   4599  1.1  skrll       break;
   4600  1.1  skrll 
   4601  1.1  skrll     default:
   4602  1.1  skrll       break;
   4603  1.1  skrll     }
   4604  1.1  skrll }
   4605  1.1  skrll 
   4606  1.1  skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4607  1.1  skrll /* Some special processing for a Sparc ELF file.  */
   4608  1.1  skrll 
   4609  1.1  skrll void
   4610  1.1  skrll sparc_elf_final_processing (void)
   4611  1.1  skrll {
   4612  1.1  skrll   /* Set the Sparc ELF flag bits.  FIXME: There should probably be some
   4613  1.1  skrll      sort of BFD interface for this.  */
   4614  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_arch_size == 64)
   4615  1.1  skrll     {
   4616  1.1  skrll       switch (sparc_memory_model)
   4617  1.1  skrll 	{
   4618  1.1  skrll 	case MM_RMO:
   4619  1.1  skrll 	  elf_elfheader (stdoutput)->e_flags |= EF_SPARCV9_RMO;
   4620  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   4621  1.1  skrll 	case MM_PSO:
   4622  1.1  skrll 	  elf_elfheader (stdoutput)->e_flags |= EF_SPARCV9_PSO;
   4623  1.2  joerg 	  break;
   4624  1.1  skrll 	default:
   4625  1.1  skrll 	  break;
   4626  1.1  skrll 	}
   4627  1.2  joerg     }
   4628  1.1  skrll   else if (current_architecture >= SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9)
   4629  1.1  skrll     elf_elfheader (stdoutput)->e_flags |= EF_SPARC_32PLUS;
   4630  1.1  skrll   if (current_architecture == SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9A)
   4631  1.1  skrll     elf_elfheader (stdoutput)->e_flags |= EF_SPARC_SUN_US1;
   4632  1.1  skrll   else if (current_architecture == SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9B)
   4633  1.1  skrll     elf_elfheader (stdoutput)->e_flags |= EF_SPARC_SUN_US1|EF_SPARC_SUN_US3;
   4634  1.1  skrll }
   4635  1.1  skrll 
   4636  1.1  skrll const char *
   4637  1.1  skrll sparc_cons (expressionS *exp, int size)
   4638  1.1  skrll {
   4639  1.1  skrll   char *save;
   4640  1.1  skrll   const char *sparc_cons_special_reloc = NULL;
   4641  1.1  skrll 
   4642  1.1  skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4643  1.1  skrll   save = input_line_pointer;
   4644  1.1  skrll   if (input_line_pointer[0] == '%'
   4645  1.1  skrll       && input_line_pointer[1] == 'r'
   4646  1.1  skrll       && input_line_pointer[2] == '_')
   4647  1.1  skrll     {
   4648  1.1  skrll       if (strncmp (input_line_pointer + 3, "disp", 4) == 0)
   4649  1.1  skrll 	{
   4650  1.1  skrll 	  input_line_pointer += 7;
   4651  1.1  skrll 	  sparc_cons_special_reloc = "disp";
   4652  1.1  skrll 	}
   4653  1.1  skrll       else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer + 3, "plt", 3) == 0)
   4654  1.1  skrll 	{
   4655  1.1  skrll 	  if (size != 4 && size != 8)
   4656  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%r_plt in %d-byte data field"), size);
   4657  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4658  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4659  1.1  skrll 	      input_line_pointer += 6;
   4660  1.1  skrll 	      sparc_cons_special_reloc = "plt";
   4661  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4662  1.1  skrll 	}
   4663  1.1  skrll       else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer + 3, "tls_dtpoff", 10) == 0)
   4664  1.1  skrll 	{
   4665  1.1  skrll 	  if (size != 4 && size != 8)
   4666  1.1  skrll 	    as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%r_tls_dtpoff in %d-byte data field"), size);
   4667  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4668  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4669  1.1  skrll 	      input_line_pointer += 13;
   4670  1.1  skrll 	      sparc_cons_special_reloc = "tls_dtpoff";
   4671  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4672  1.1  skrll 	}
   4673  1.1  skrll       if (sparc_cons_special_reloc)
   4674  1.1  skrll 	{
   4675  1.1  skrll 	  int bad = 0;
   4676  1.1  skrll 
   4677  1.1  skrll 	  switch (size)
   4678  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4679  1.1  skrll 	    case 1:
   4680  1.1  skrll 	      if (*input_line_pointer != '8')
   4681  1.1  skrll 		bad = 1;
   4682  1.1  skrll 	      input_line_pointer--;
   4683  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   4684  1.1  skrll 	    case 2:
   4685  1.1  skrll 	      if (input_line_pointer[0] != '1' || input_line_pointer[1] != '6')
   4686  1.1  skrll 		bad = 1;
   4687  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   4688  1.1  skrll 	    case 4:
   4689  1.1  skrll 	      if (input_line_pointer[0] != '3' || input_line_pointer[1] != '2')
   4690  1.1  skrll 		bad = 1;
   4691  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   4692  1.1  skrll 	    case 8:
   4693  1.1  skrll 	      if (input_line_pointer[0] != '6' || input_line_pointer[1] != '4')
   4694  1.1  skrll 		bad = 1;
   4695  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   4696  1.1  skrll 	    default:
   4697  1.1  skrll 	      bad = 1;
   4698  1.1  skrll 	      break;
   4699  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4700  1.1  skrll 
   4701  1.1  skrll 	  if (bad)
   4702  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4703  1.1  skrll 	      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: Only %%r_%s%d allowed in %d-byte data fields"),
   4704  1.1  skrll 		      sparc_cons_special_reloc, size * 8, size);
   4705  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4706  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4707  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4708  1.1  skrll 	      input_line_pointer += 2;
   4709  1.1  skrll 	      if (*input_line_pointer != '(')
   4710  1.1  skrll 		{
   4711  1.1  skrll 		  as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%r_%s%d requires arguments in ()"),
   4712  1.1  skrll 			  sparc_cons_special_reloc, size * 8);
   4713  1.1  skrll 		  bad = 1;
   4714  1.1  skrll 		}
   4715  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4716  1.1  skrll 
   4717  1.1  skrll 	  if (bad)
   4718  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4719  1.1  skrll 	      input_line_pointer = save;
   4720  1.1  skrll 	      sparc_cons_special_reloc = NULL;
   4721  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4722  1.1  skrll 	  else
   4723  1.1  skrll 	    {
   4724  1.1  skrll 	      int c;
   4725  1.1  skrll 	      char *end = ++input_line_pointer;
   4726  1.1  skrll 	      int npar = 0;
   4727  1.1  skrll 
   4728  1.1  skrll 	      while (! is_end_of_line[(c = *end)])
   4729  1.1  skrll 		{
   4730  1.1  skrll 		  if (c == '(')
   4731  1.1  skrll 	  	    npar++;
   4732  1.1  skrll 		  else if (c == ')')
   4733  1.1  skrll 	  	    {
   4734  1.1  skrll 		      if (!npar)
   4735  1.1  skrll 	      		break;
   4736  1.1  skrll 		      npar--;
   4737  1.1  skrll 		    }
   4738  1.1  skrll 	    	  end++;
   4739  1.1  skrll 		}
   4740  1.1  skrll 
   4741  1.1  skrll 	      if (c != ')')
   4742  1.1  skrll 		as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%r_%s%d requires arguments in ()"),
   4743  1.1  skrll 			sparc_cons_special_reloc, size * 8);
   4744  1.1  skrll 	      else
   4745  1.1  skrll 		{
   4746  1.1  skrll 		  *end = '\0';
   4747  1.1  skrll 		  expression (exp);
   4748  1.1  skrll 		  *end = c;
   4749  1.1  skrll 		  if (input_line_pointer != end)
   4750  1.1  skrll 		    {
   4751  1.1  skrll 		      as_bad (_("Illegal operands: %%r_%s%d requires arguments in ()"),
   4752  1.1  skrll 			      sparc_cons_special_reloc, size * 8);
   4753  1.1  skrll 		    }
   4754  1.1  skrll 		  else
   4755  1.1  skrll 		    {
   4756  1.2  joerg 		      input_line_pointer++;
   4757  1.1  skrll 		      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4758  1.1  skrll 		      c = *input_line_pointer;
   4759  1.1  skrll 		      if (! is_end_of_line[c] && c != ',')
   4760  1.1  skrll 			as_bad (_("Illegal operands: garbage after %%r_%s%d()"),
   4761  1.1  skrll 			        sparc_cons_special_reloc, size * 8);
   4762  1.1  skrll 		    }
   4763  1.1  skrll 		}
   4764  1.1  skrll 	    }
   4765  1.1  skrll 	}
   4766  1.1  skrll     }
   4767  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_cons_special_reloc == NULL)
   4768  1.1  skrll     expression (exp);
   4769  1.2  joerg   return sparc_cons_special_reloc;
   4770  1.2  joerg }
   4771  1.1  skrll 
   4772  1.1  skrll #endif
   4773  1.1  skrll 
   4774  1.1  skrll /* This is called by emit_expr via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW when creating a
   4775  1.1  skrll    reloc for a cons.  We could use the definition there, except that
   4776  1.1  skrll    we want to handle little endian relocs specially.  */
   4777  1.1  skrll 
   4778  1.1  skrll void
   4779  1.1  skrll cons_fix_new_sparc (fragS *frag,
   4780  1.1  skrll 		    int where,
   4781  1.1  skrll 		    unsigned int nbytes,
   4782  1.1  skrll 		    expressionS *exp,
   4783  1.1  skrll 		    const char *sparc_cons_special_reloc)
   4784  1.1  skrll {
   4785  1.1  skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type r;
   4786  1.1  skrll 
   4787  1.1  skrll   r = (nbytes == 1 ? BFD_RELOC_8 :
   4788  1.1  skrll        (nbytes == 2 ? BFD_RELOC_16 :
   4789  1.1  skrll 	(nbytes == 4 ? BFD_RELOC_32 : BFD_RELOC_64)));
   4790  1.1  skrll 
   4791  1.1  skrll   if (target_little_endian_data
   4792  1.1  skrll       && nbytes == 4
   4793  1.1  skrll       && now_seg->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
   4794  1.1  skrll     r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32;
   4795  1.1  skrll 
   4796  1.1  skrll   if (sparc_cons_special_reloc)
   4797  1.1  skrll     {
   4798  1.1  skrll       if (*sparc_cons_special_reloc == 'd')
   4799  1.1  skrll 	switch (nbytes)
   4800  1.1  skrll 	  {
   4801  1.1  skrll 	  case 1: r = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; break;
   4802  1.1  skrll 	  case 2: r = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; break;
   4803  1.1  skrll 	  case 4: r = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; break;
   4804  1.1  skrll 	  case 8: r = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; break;
   4805  1.1  skrll 	  default: abort ();
   4806  1.1  skrll 	  }
   4807  1.1  skrll       else if (*sparc_cons_special_reloc == 'p')
   4808  1.1  skrll 	switch (nbytes)
   4809  1.1  skrll 	  {
   4810  1.1  skrll 	  case 4: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT32; break;
   4811  1.1  skrll 	  case 8: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT64; break;
   4812  1.1  skrll 	  }
   4813  1.1  skrll       else
   4814  1.1  skrll 	switch (nbytes)
   4815  1.1  skrll 	  {
   4816  1.1  skrll 	  case 4: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32; break;
   4817  1.1  skrll 	  case 8: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64; break;
   4818  1.1  skrll 	  }
   4819  1.1  skrll     }
   4820  1.1  skrll   else if (sparc_no_align_cons)
   4821  1.1  skrll     {
   4822  1.1  skrll       switch (nbytes)
   4823  1.1  skrll 	{
   4824  1.1  skrll 	case 2: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16; break;
   4825  1.1  skrll 	case 4: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32; break;
   4826  1.1  skrll 	case 8: r = BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64; break;
   4827  1.1  skrll 	default: abort ();
   4828  1.1  skrll 	}
   4829  1.1  skrll    }
   4830  1.1  skrll 
   4831  1.1  skrll   fix_new_exp (frag, where, (int) nbytes, exp, 0, r);
   4832  1.1  skrll }
   4833  1.1  skrll 
   4834  1.1  skrll void
   4835  1.1  skrll sparc_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4836  1.1  skrll {
   4837  1.1  skrll   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (14, sparc_arch_size == 64 ? 0x7ff : 0);
   4838  1.1  skrll }
   4839  1.1  skrll 
   4840  1.1  skrll int
   4841  1.1  skrll sparc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
   4842  1.1  skrll {
   4843  1.1  skrll   char *p, *q;
   4844  1.1  skrll 
   4845  1.1  skrll   if (!regname[0])
   4846  1.1  skrll     return -1;
   4847  1.1  skrll 
   4848  1.1  skrll   q = "goli";
   4849  1.1  skrll   p = strchr (q, regname[0]);
   4850  1.1  skrll   if (p)
   4851  1.1  skrll     {
   4852  1.1  skrll       if (regname[1] < '0' || regname[1] > '8' || regname[2])
   4853  1.1  skrll 	return -1;
   4854  1.1  skrll       return (p - q) * 8 + regname[1] - '0';
   4855  1.1  skrll     }
   4856  1.1  skrll   if (regname[0] == 's' && regname[1] == 'p' && !regname[2])
   4857  1.1  skrll     return 14;
   4858  1.1  skrll   if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'p' && !regname[2])
   4859  1.1  skrll     return 30;
   4860  1.1  skrll   if (regname[0] == 'f' || regname[0] == 'r')
   4861  1.1  skrll     {
   4862  1.1  skrll       unsigned int regnum;
   4863  1.1  skrll 
   4864  1.1  skrll       regnum = strtoul (regname + 1, &q, 10);
   4865  1.1  skrll       if (p == q || *q)
   4866  1.1  skrll         return -1;
   4867  1.1  skrll       if (regnum >= ((regname[0] == 'f'
   4868  1.1  skrll 		      && SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P (max_architecture))
   4869  1.1  skrll 		     ? 64 : 32))
   4870  1.1  skrll 	return -1;
   4871  1.1  skrll       if (regname[0] == 'f')
   4872  1.1  skrll 	{
   4873  1.2  joerg           regnum += 32;
   4874  1.1  skrll           if (regnum >= 64 && (regnum & 1))
   4875  1.1  skrll 	    return -1;
   4876                     }
   4877                   return regnum;
   4878                 }
   4879               return -1;
   4880             }
   4881             
   4882             void
   4883             sparc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr (expressionS *exp, unsigned int nbytes)
   4884             {
   4885               sparc_no_align_cons = 1;
   4886               emit_expr_with_reloc (exp, nbytes, "disp");
   4887               sparc_no_align_cons = 0;
   4888             }
   4889